summaryrefslogtreecommitdiff
path: root/14291-h
diff options
context:
space:
mode:
authorRoger Frank <rfrank@pglaf.org>2025-10-15 04:44:08 -0700
committerRoger Frank <rfrank@pglaf.org>2025-10-15 04:44:08 -0700
commitaa126f74b55936e33bb39b8d7222f46f7f21f93a (patch)
treeeb0ba2fbfb25f6f40b11b1334314043a4843ba69 /14291-h
initial commit of ebook 14291HEADmain
Diffstat (limited to '14291-h')
-rw-r--r--14291-h/14291-h.htm6955
-rw-r--r--14291-h/images/fig001.jpgbin0 -> 42259 bytes
-rw-r--r--14291-h/images/fig002.jpgbin0 -> 77945 bytes
-rw-r--r--14291-h/images/fig003.jpgbin0 -> 147955 bytes
-rw-r--r--14291-h/images/fig004.jpgbin0 -> 134308 bytes
-rw-r--r--14291-h/images/fig005.jpgbin0 -> 47603 bytes
-rw-r--r--14291-h/images/fig006.jpgbin0 -> 87063 bytes
-rw-r--r--14291-h/images/fig007.jpgbin0 -> 141774 bytes
-rw-r--r--14291-h/images/fig008.jpgbin0 -> 50061 bytes
-rw-r--r--14291-h/images/fig009.jpgbin0 -> 52014 bytes
-rw-r--r--14291-h/images/fig010.jpgbin0 -> 108344 bytes
-rw-r--r--14291-h/images/fig011.jpgbin0 -> 70740 bytes
-rw-r--r--14291-h/images/fig012.jpgbin0 -> 86571 bytes
-rw-r--r--14291-h/images/fig013.jpgbin0 -> 149704 bytes
-rw-r--r--14291-h/images/fig014.jpgbin0 -> 135268 bytes
-rw-r--r--14291-h/images/fig015.jpgbin0 -> 59411 bytes
-rw-r--r--14291-h/images/fig016.jpgbin0 -> 59939 bytes
-rw-r--r--14291-h/images/fig017.jpgbin0 -> 116500 bytes
-rw-r--r--14291-h/images/fig018.jpgbin0 -> 82312 bytes
-rw-r--r--14291-h/images/fig019.jpgbin0 -> 55910 bytes
-rw-r--r--14291-h/images/fig020.jpgbin0 -> 125860 bytes
-rw-r--r--14291-h/images/fig021.jpgbin0 -> 73244 bytes
-rw-r--r--14291-h/images/fig022.jpgbin0 -> 134497 bytes
-rw-r--r--14291-h/images/fig023.jpgbin0 -> 98468 bytes
-rw-r--r--14291-h/images/fig024.jpgbin0 -> 98706 bytes
-rw-r--r--14291-h/images/fig025.jpgbin0 -> 39024 bytes
26 files changed, 6955 insertions, 0 deletions
diff --git a/14291-h/14291-h.htm b/14291-h/14291-h.htm
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..662941a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/14291-h/14291-h.htm
@@ -0,0 +1,6955 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01//EN">
+<html lang="en">
+
+<head>
+ <title>The Story of Geographical Discovery</title>
+ <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8">
+ <meta name="keywords" content="geography discovery exploration">
+ <meta name="author" content="Joseph Jacobs">
+ <meta name="rating" content="General">
+ <meta name="robots" content="all">
+ <style type="text/css">
+
+ BODY { background: white;
+ margin-left: 15%; margin-right: 15%; }
+ P.indent { text-indent: 3mm; text-align: justify; }
+ P.authority { text-indent: 3mm; text-align: justify;
+ font-size: smaller; }
+ P.footnote { font-size: smaller; }
+ P.subtitle { text-align: center; font-size: large; }
+ P.center { text-align: center; }
+ P.right { text-align: right; }
+ P.part { text-align: center; font-size: x-large;
+ font-weight: bold; line-height: 200%; }
+ P.bquote { margin-left: 4em; }
+ H1 { text-align: center; margin-top: 2em; }
+ H2 { text-align: center; margin-top: 4em; }
+ TD.contents { text-align: right; vertical-align: top; }
+ TD.page { text-align: right; vertical-align: bottom; }
+ SPAN.page { position: absolute; left: 90%; right: auto;
+ text-align: right; text-indent: 0em;
+ color: gray; font-size: 9pt;
+ font-weight: normal; }
+ SPAN.smaller { font-size: smaller; }
+
+ </style>
+</head>
+
+<body>
+<div>*** START OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK 14291 ***</div>
+
+<div style="width: 100%; text-align: center;">
+<span style="margin: 8px; width: 283px;
+ font-size: smaller; text-align: center;">
+<img src="images/fig001.jpg" width="282" height="375" alt="Fig. 1">
+<br />
+Arms granted to SEBASTIAN DEL CANO, Captain of the <i>Victoria</i>,
+the first vessel that circumnavigated the Globe<br />
+[<i>For a description, see pp.</i> <a href="#page_129">129-30</a>]
+</span>
+</div>
+
+<h1>
+The Story of Geographical Discovery
+</h1>
+
+<p class="subtitle">
+How the World Became Known
+</p>
+
+<p class="center">
+By Joseph Jacobs
+</p>
+
+<p class="center">
+With Twenty-four Maps, &amp;c.
+</p>
+
+<h2>
+<a name="page_v"><span class="page">Page v</span></a>
+PREFACE
+</h2>
+
+<p class="indent">
+In attempting to get what is little less than a history of the world,
+from a special point of view, into a couple of hundred duodecimo
+pages, I have had to make three bites at my very big cherry. In the
+Appendix I have given in chronological order, and for the first
+time on such a scale in English, the chief voyages and explorations
+by which our knowledge of the world has been increased, and the
+chief works in which that knowledge has been recorded. In the body
+of the work I have then attempted to connect together these facts
+in their more general aspects. In particular I have grouped the
+great voyages of 1492-1521 round the search for the Spice Islands
+as a central motive. It is possible that in tracing the Portuguese
+and Spanish discoveries to the need of titillating the parched
+palates of the medi&aelig;vals, who lived on salt meat during winter
+and salt fish during Lent, I may have unduly simplified the problem.
+But there can be no doubt of the paramount importance attached
+to the spices of the East in the earlier stages. The search for
+the El Dorado came afterwards, and is still urging men north to
+the Yukon, south to the Cape, and in a south-easterly direction
+to "Westralia."
+</p>
+
+<p class="indent">
+<a name="page_vi"><span class="page">Page vi</span></a>
+Besides the general treatment in the text and the special details
+in the Appendix, I have also attempted to tell the story once more
+in a series of maps showing the gradual increase of men's knowledge
+of the globe. It would have been impossible to have included all
+these in a book of this size and price but for the complaisance
+of several publishing firms, who have given permission for the
+reproduction on a reduced scale of maps that have already been
+prepared for special purposes. I have specially to thank Messrs.
+Macmillan for the two dealing with the Portuguese discoveries,
+and derived from Mr. Payne's excellent little work on European
+Colonies; Messrs. Houghton, Mifflin, & Co., of Boston, for several
+illustrating the discovery of America, from Mr. J. Fiske's "School
+History of the United States;" and Messrs. Phillips for the arms
+of Del Cano, so clearly displaying the "spicy" motive of the first
+circumnavigation of the globe.
+</p>
+
+<p class="indent">
+I have besides to thank the officials of the Royal Geographical
+Society, especially Mr. Scott Keltie and Dr. H. R. Mill, for the
+readiness with which they have placed the magnificent resources
+of the library and map-room of that national institution at my
+disposal, and the kindness with which they have answered my queries
+and indicated new sources of information.
+</p>
+
+<p class="right">
+J. J.
+</p>
+
+<h2>
+<a name="page_7"><span class="page">Page 7</span></a>
+CONTENTS
+</h2>
+
+<table border=0>
+
+<tr><td class="contents">CHAP.</td>
+ <td>&nbsp;</td>
+ <td class="page">PAGE</td></tr>
+
+<tr><td class="contents">&nbsp;</td>
+ <td>PREFACE</td>
+ <td class="page"><a href="#page_v">v</a></tr>
+
+<tr><td class="contents">&nbsp;</td>
+ <td>LIST OF MAPS AND ILLUSTRATIONS</td>
+ <td class="page"><a href="#page_9">9</a></td></tr>
+
+<tr><td class="contents">&nbsp;</td>
+ <td>INTRODUCTION</td>
+ <td class="page"><a href="#page_13">13</a></td></tr>
+
+<tr><td class="contents">I.</td>
+ <td>THE WORLD AS KNOWN TO THE ANCIENTS</td>
+ <td class="page"><a href="#page_18">18</a></td></tr>
+
+<tr><td class="contents">II.</td>
+ <td>THE SPREAD OF CONQUEST IN THE ANCIENT WORLD</td>
+ <td class="page"><a href="#page_36">36</a></td></tr>
+
+<tr><td class="contents">III.</td>
+ <td>GEOGRAPHY IN THE DARK AGES</td>
+ <td class="page"><a href="#page_48">48</a></td></tr>
+
+<tr><td class="contents">IV.</td>
+ <td>MEDI&AElig;VAL TRAVELS&mdash;MARCO POLO, IBN BATUTA</td>
+ <td class="page"><a href="#page_69">69</a></td></tr>
+
+<tr><td class="contents">V.</td>
+ <td>ROADS AND COMMERCE</td>
+ <td class="page"><a href="#page_82">82</a></td></tr>
+
+<tr><td class="contents">VI.</td>
+ <td>TO THE INDIES EASTWARD&mdash;PORTUGUESE ROUTE&mdash;PRINCE HENRY AND
+ VASCO DA GAMA</td>
+ <td class="page"><a href="#page_93">93</a></td></tr>
+
+<tr><td class="contents">VII.</td>
+ <td>TO THE INDIES WESTWARD&mdash;SPANISH ROUTE&mdash;COLUMBUS AND
+ MAGELLAN</td>
+ <td class="page"><a href="#page_109">109</a></td></tr>
+
+<tr><td class="contents">VIII.</td>
+ <td>TO THE INDIES NORTHWARD&mdash;ENGLISH, FRENCH, DUTCH, AND RUSSIAN
+ ROUTES</td>
+ <td class="page"><a href="#page_132">132</a></td></tr>
+
+<tr><td class="contents">IX.</td>
+ <td>PARTITION OF AMERICA</td>
+ <td class="page"><a href="#page_143">143</a></td></tr>
+
+<tr><td class="contents">X.</td>
+ <td>AUSTRALIA AND THE SOUTH SEAS&mdash;TASMAN AND COOK</td>
+ <td class="page"><a href="#page_156">156</a></td></tr>
+
+<tr><td class="contents">XI.</td>
+ <td>EXPLORATION AND PARTITION OF AFRICA&mdash;PARK, LIVINGSTON, AND
+ STANLEY</td>
+ <td class="page"><a href="#page_171">171</a></td></tr>
+
+<tr><td class="contents">XII.</td>
+ <td>THE POLES&mdash;FRANKLIN, ROSS, NORDENSKIOLD, AND NANSEN</td>
+ <td class="page"><a href="#page_189">189</a></td></tr>
+
+<tr><td class="contents">&nbsp;</td>
+ <td>ANNALS OF DISCOVERY</td>
+ <td class="page"><a href="#page_208">208</a></td></tr>
+
+</table>
+
+<h2>
+<a name="page_9"><span class="page">Page 9</span></a>
+LIST OF MAPS AND ILLUSTRATIONS
+</h2>
+
+<p class="indent">
+<b>Coat-of-arms of Del Cano</b> (from Guillemard, <i>Magellan</i>.
+By kind permission of Messrs. Phillips).&mdash;It illustrates the
+importance attributed to the Spice Islands as the main object of
+Magellan's voyage. For the blazon, see pp. <a href="#page_129">129-30.</a>
+</p>
+
+<p class="indent">
+<b>The Earliest Map of the World</b> (from the Rev. C. J. Ball's
+<i>Bible Illustrations</i>, 1898).&mdash;This is probably of the
+eighth century B.C., and indicates the Babylonian view of the world
+surrounded by the ocean, which is indicated by the parallel circles,
+and traversed by the Euphrates, which is seen meandering through
+the middle, with Babylon, the great city, crossing it at the top.
+Beyond the ocean are seven successive projections of land, possibly
+indicating the Babylonian knowledge of surrounding countries beyond
+the Euxine and the Red Sea.
+</p>
+
+<p class="indent">
+<b>The World according to Ptolemy</b>.&mdash;It will be observed
+that the Greek geographer regarded the Indian Ocean as a landlocked
+body of water, while he appears to have some knowledge of the so
+ces of the Nile. The general tendency of the map is to extend Asia
+very much to the east, which led to the miscalculation encouraging
+Columbus to discover America.
+</p>
+
+<p class="indent">
+<b>The Roman Roads of Europe</b> (drawn specially for this
+work).&mdash;These give roughly the limits within which the inland
+geographical knowledge of the ancients reach some degrees of accuracy.
+</p>
+
+<p class="indent">
+<a name="page_10"><span class="page">Page 10</span></a>
+<b>Geographical Monsters</b> (from an early edition of Mandeville's
+<i>Travels</i>).&mdash;Most of the medi&aelig;val maps were dotted
+over with similar monstrosities.
+</p>
+
+<p class="indent">
+<b>The Hereford Map</b>.&mdash;This, one of the best known of
+medi&aelig;val maps, was drawn by Richard of Aldingham about 1307.
+Like most of these maps, it has the East with the terrestrial paradise
+at the top, and Jerusalem is represented as the centre.
+</p>
+
+<p class="indent">
+<b>Peutinger Table, Western Part</b>.&mdash;This is the only Roman
+map extant; it gives lines of roads from the eastern shores of
+Britain to the Adriatic Sea. It is really a kind of bird's-eye
+view taken from the African coast. The Mediterranean runs as a
+thin strip through the lower part of the map. The lower section
+joins on to the upper.
+</p>
+
+<p class="indent">
+<b>The World according to Ibn Haukal</b> (from Lelewel,
+<i>G&eacute;ographie du mon age</i>).&mdash;This map, like most
+of the Arabian maps, has the south at the top. It is practically
+only a diagram, and is thus similar to the Hereford Map in general
+form.&mdash;Misr=Egypt, Fars=Persia, Andalus=Spain.
+</p>
+
+<p class="indent">
+<b>Coast-line of the Mediterranean</b> (from the <i>Portulano</i> of
+Dulcert, 1339, given in Nordenskiold's <i>Facsimile Atlas</i>).&mdash;To
+illustrate the accuracy with which mariners' charts gave the coast-lines
+as contrasted with the merely symbolical representation of other
+medi&aelig;val maps.
+</p>
+
+<p class="indent">
+<b>Fra Mauro Map, 1457</b> (from Lelewel, <i>loc. Cit.</i>).&mdash;Here,
+as usual, the south is placed at the top of the map. Besides the
+ordinary medi&aelig;val conceptions, Fra Mauro included the Portuguese
+discoveries along the coast of Africa up to his time, 1457.
+</p>
+
+<p class="indent">
+<b>Portuguese Discoveries in Africa</b> (from E. J. Payne, <i>European
+Colonies</i>, 1877).&mdash;Giving the successive points reached by
+the Portuguese navigators during the fifteenth century.
+</p>
+
+<p class="indent">
+<a name="page_11"><span class="page">Page 11</span></a>
+<b>Portuguese Indies</b> (from Payne, <i>loc. Cit.</i>).&mdash;All
+the ports mentioned in ordinary type were held by the Portuguese
+in the sixteenth century.
+</p>
+
+<p class="indent">
+<b>The Toscanelli Map</b> (from Kretschmer, <i>Entdeckung Amerikas</i>,
+1892).&mdash;This is a reconstruction of the map which Columbus
+got from the Italian astronomer and cartographer Toscanelli and
+used to guide him in his voyage across the Atlantic. Its general
+resemblance to the Behaim Globe will be remarked.
+</p>
+
+<p class="indent">
+<b>The Behaim Globe</b>.&mdash;This gives the information about
+the world possessed in 1492, just as Columbus was starting, and
+is mainly based upon the map of Toscanelli, which served as his
+guide. It will be observed that there is no other continent between
+Spain and Zipangu or Japan, while the fabled islands of St. Brandan
+and Antilia are represented bridging the expanse between the Azores
+and Japan.
+</p>
+
+<p class="indent">
+<b>Amerigo Vespucci</b> (from Fiske's <i>School History of the
+United States</i>, by kind permission of Messrs. Houghton, Mifflin,
+& Co.)
+</p>
+
+<p class="indent">
+<b>Ferdinand Magellan</b> (from Fiske's <i>School History of the
+United States</i>, by kind permission of Messrs. Houghton, Mifflin,
+& Co.)
+</p>
+
+<p class="indent">
+<b>Map of the World</b>, from the Ptolemy Edition of 1548 (after
+Kretschmer's <i>Entdeckungsgeschichte Amerikas</i>).&mdash;It will
+be observed that Mexico is supposed to be joined on to Asia, and
+that the North Pacific was not even known to exist.
+</p>
+
+<p class="indent">
+<b>Russian Asia</b> (after the Atlas published by the Russian Academy
+of Sciences in 1737, by kind permission of Messrs. Hachette). Japan
+is represented as a peninsula.
+</p>
+
+<p class="indent">
+<b>Australia as known in 1745</b> (from D'Anville's <i>Atlas</i>,
+by kind permission of Messrs. Hachette).&mdash;It will
+<a name="page_12"><span class="page">Page 12</span></a>
+be seen that the Northern and Western coasts were even by this
+time tolerably well mapped out, leaving only the eastern coast to
+be explored by Cook.
+</p>
+
+<p class="indent">
+<b>Australia</b>, showing routes of explorations (prepared specially
+for the present volume). The names of the chief explorers are given
+at the top of the map.
+</p>
+
+<p class="indent">
+<b>Africa as known in 1676</b> (from Dapper's <i>Atlas</i>).&mdash;This
+includes a knowledge of most of the African river sand lakes due
+to the explorations of the Portuguese.
+</p>
+
+<p class="indent">
+<b>Africa</b> (made specially for this volume, to show chief
+explorations and partition).&mdash;The names of the explorers are
+given at the foot of the map itself.
+</p>
+
+<p class="indent">
+<b>North Polar Regions, Western Half</b> (prepared specially for the
+present volume from the <i>Citizen's Atlas</i>, by kind permission of
+Messrs. Bartholomew).&mdash;This gives the results of the discoveries
+due to Franklin expeditions and most of the searchers after the
+North-West Passage.
+</p>
+
+<p class="indent">
+<b>North Polar Regions, Eastern Half</b>.&mdash;This gives the
+Siberian coast investigated by the Russians and Nordenskiold, as
+well as Nansen's <i>Farthest North</i>.
+</p>
+
+<p class="indent">
+<b>Climbing the North Pole</b> (prepared specially for this volume).
+Giving in graphic form the names of the chief Arctic travellers and
+the latitude N. reached from John Davis (1587) to Nansen (1895).
+</p>
+
+<p class="part">
+<a name="page_13"><span class="page">Page 13</span></a>
+<span class="smaller">
+THE STORY OF<br />
+</span>
+GEOGRAPHICAL DISCOVERY
+</p>
+
+<h2>
+INTRODUCTION
+</h2>
+
+<p class="indent">
+How was the world discovered? That is to say, how did a certain
+set of men who lived round the Mediterranean Sea, and had acquired
+the art of recording what each generation had learned, become
+successively aware of the other parts of the globe? Every part of
+the earth, so far as we know, has been inhabited by man during the
+five or six thousand years in which Europeans have been storing up
+their knowledge, and all that time the inhabitants of each part, of
+course, were acquainted with that particular part: the Kamtschatkans
+knew Kamtschatka, the Greenlanders, Greenland; the various tribes of
+North American Indians knew, at any rate, that part of America over
+which they wandered, long before Columbus, as we say, "discovered"
+it.
+</p>
+
+<p class="indent">
+Very often these savages not only know their own country, but can
+express their knowledge in maps of very remarkable accuracy. Cortes
+traversed over 1000 miles through Central
+<a name="page_14"><span class="page">Page 14</span></a>
+America, guided only by a calico map of a local cacique. An Eskimo
+named Kalliherey drew out, from his own knowledge of the coast
+between Smith Channel and Cape York, a map of it, varying only
+in minute details from the Admiralty chart. A native of Tahiti,
+named Tupaia, drew out for Cook a map of the Pacific, extending
+over forty-five degrees of longitude (nearly 3000 miles), giving
+the relative size and position of the main islands over that huge
+tract of ocean. Almost all geographical discoveries by Europeans
+have, in like manner, been brought about by means of guides, who
+necessarily knew the country which their European masters wished
+to "discover."
+</p>
+
+<p class="indent">
+What, therefore, we mean by the history of geographical discovery is
+the gradual bringing to the knowledge of the nations of civilisation
+surrounding the Mediterranean Sea the vast tracts of land extending
+in all directions from it. There are mainly two divisions of this
+history&mdash;the discovery of the Old World and that of the New,
+including Australia under the latter term. Though we speak of
+geographical discovery, it is really the discovery of new tribes
+of men that we are thinking of. It is only quite recently that
+men have sought for knowledge about lands, apart from the men who
+inhabit them. One might almost say that the history of geographical
+discovery, properly so called, begins with Captain Cook, the motive
+of whose voyages was purely scientific curiosity. But before his
+time men wanted to know one another for two chief reasons: they
+wanted to
+<a name="page_15"><span class="page">Page 15</span></a>
+conquer, or they wanted to trade; or perhaps we could reduce the
+motives to one&mdash;they wanted to conquer, because they wanted to
+trade. In our own day we have seen a remarkable mixture of all three
+motives, resulting in the European partition of Africa&mdash;perhaps
+the most remarkable event of the latter end of the nineteenth century.
+Speke and Burton, Livingstone and Stanley, investigated the interior
+from love of adventure and of knowledge; then came the great chartered
+trading companies; and, finally, the governments to which these
+belong have assumed responsibility for the territories thus made
+known to the civilised world. Within forty years the map of Africa,
+which was practically a blank in the interior, and, as will be
+shown, was better known in 1680 than in 1850, has been filled up
+almost completely by researches due to motives of conquest, of
+trade, or of scientific curiosity.
+</p>
+
+<p class="indent">
+In its earlier stages, then, the history of geographical discovery
+is mainly a history of conquest, and what we shall have to do will
+be to give a short history of the ancient world, from the point of
+view of how that world became known. "Became known to whom?" you
+may ask; and we must determine that question first. We might, of
+course, take the earliest geographical work known to us&mdash;the
+tenth chapter of Genesis&mdash;and work out how the rest of the
+world became known to the Israelites when they became part of the
+Roman Empire; but in history all roads lead to Rome or away from
+it, and it is more useful for every
+<a name="page_16"><span class="page">Page 16</span></a>
+purpose to take Rome as our centre-point. Yet Rome only came in
+as the heir of earlier empires that spread the knowledge of the
+earth and man by conquest long before Rome was of importance; and
+even when the Romans were the masters of all this vast inheritance,
+they had not themselves the ability to record the geographical
+knowledge thus acquired, and it is to a Greek named Ptolemy, a
+professor of the great university of Alexandria, to whom we owe
+our knowledge of how much the ancient world knew of the earth.
+It will be convenient to determine this first, and afterwards to
+sketch rapidly the course of historical events which led to the
+knowledge which Ptolemy records.
+</p>
+
+<p class="indent">
+In the Middle Ages, much of this knowledge, like all other, was
+lost, and we shall have to record how knowledge was replaced by
+imagination and theory. The true inheritors of Greek science during
+that period were the Arabs, and the few additions to real geographical
+knowledge at that time were due to them, except in so far as commercial
+travellers and pilgrims brought a more intimate knowledge of Asia
+to the West.
+</p>
+
+<p class="indent">
+The discovery of America forms the beginning of a new period, both
+in modern history and in modern geography. In the four hundred
+years that have elapsed since then, more than twice as much of
+the inhabited globe has become known to civilised man than in the
+preceding four thousand years. The result is that, except for a
+few patches of Africa, South America, and round the Poles, man
+<a name="page_17"><span class="page">Page 17</span></a>
+knows roughly what are the physical resources of the world he inhabits,
+and, except for minor details, the history of geographical discovery
+is practically at an end.
+</p>
+
+<p class="indent">
+Besides its interest as a record of war and adventure, this history
+gives the successive stages by which modern men have been made what
+they are. The longest known countries and peoples have, on the whole,
+had the deepest influence in the forming of the civilised character.
+Nor is the practical utility of this study less important. The way
+in which the world has been discovered determines now-a-days the
+world's history. The great problems of the twentieth century will
+have immediate relation to the discoveries of America, of Africa,
+and of Australia. In all these problems, Englishmen will have most
+to say and to do, and the history of geographical discovery is,
+therefore, of immediate and immense interest to Englishmen.
+</p>
+
+<p class="authority">
+[<i>Authorities:</i> Cooley, <i>History of Maritime and Inland
+Discoveries</i>, 3 vols., 1831; Vivien de Saint Martin, <i>Histoire
+de la G&eacute;ographie</i>, 1873.]
+</p>
+
+<h2>
+<a name="page_18"><span class="page">Page 18</span></a>
+CHAPTER I
+</h2>
+
+<p class="subtitle">
+THE WORLD AS KNOWN TO THE ANCIENTS
+</p>
+
+<p class="indent">
+Before telling how the ancients got to know that part of the world
+with which they finally became acquainted when the Roman Empire
+was at its greatest extent, it is as well to get some idea of the
+successive stages of their knowledge, leaving for the next chapter
+the story of how that knowledge was obtained. As in most branches of
+organised knowledge, it is to the Greeks that we owe our acquaintance
+with ancient views of this subject. In the early stages they possibly
+learned something from the Ph&oelig;nicians, who were the great traders
+and sailors of antiquity, and who coasted along the Mediterranean,
+ventured through the Straits of Gibraltar, and traded with the
+British Isles, which they visited for the tin found in Cornwall. It
+is even said that one of their admirals, at the command of Necho,
+king of Egypt, circumnavigated Africa, for Herodotus reports that
+on the homeward voyage the sun set in the sea on the right hand.
+But the Ph&oelig;nicians kept their geographical knowledge to themselves
+as a trade secret, and the Greeks learned but little from them.
+</p>
+
+<p class="indent">
+<a name="page_19"><span class="page">Page 19</span></a>
+The first glimpse that we have of the notions which the Greeks
+possessed of the shape and the inhabitants of the earth is afforded
+by the poems passing under the name of HOMER. These poems show an
+intimate knowledge of Northern Greece and of the western coasts of
+Asia Minor, some acquaintance with Egypt, Cyprus, and Sicily; but
+all the rest, even of the Eastern Mediterranean, is only vaguely
+conceived by their author. Where he does not know he imagines, and
+some of his imaginings have had a most important influence upon
+the progress of geographical knowledge. Thus he conceives of the
+world as being a sort of flat shield, with an extremely wide river
+surrounding it, known as Ocean. The centre of this shield was at
+Delphi, which was regarded as the "navel" of the inhabited world.
+According to Hesiod, who is but little later than Homer, up in the
+far north were placed a people known as the <i>Hyperboreani</i>, or
+those who dwelt at the back of the north wind; whilst a corresponding
+place in the south was taken by the Abyssinians. All these four
+conceptions had an important influence upon the views that men had
+of the world up to times comparatively recent. Homer also mentioned
+the pigmies as living in Africa. These were regarded as fabulous,
+till they were re-discovered by Dr. Schweinfurth and Mr. Stanley
+in our own time.
+</p>
+
+<p class="indent">
+It is probably from the Babylonians that the Greeks obtained the
+idea of an all-encircling ocean. Inhabitants of Mesopotamia would
+<a name="page_20"><span class="page">Page 20</span></a>
+find themselves reaching the ocean in almost any direction in which
+they travelled, either the Caspian, the Black Sea, the Mediterranean,
+or the Persian Gulf. Accordingly, the oldest map of the world which
+has been found is one accompanying a cuneiform inscription, and
+representing the plain of Mesopotamia with the Euphrates flowing
+through it, and the whole surrounded by two concentric circles,
+which are named briny waters. Outside these, however, are seven
+detached islets, possibly representing the seven zones or climates
+into which the world was divided according to the ideas of the
+Babylonians, though afterwards they resorted to the ordinary four
+cardinal points. What was roughly true of Babylonia did not in
+any way answer to the geographical position of Greece, and it is
+therefore probable that in the first place they obtained their
+ideas of the surrounding ocean from the Babylonians.
+</p>
+
+<div style="width: 100%; text-align: center;">
+<span style="margin: 8px; width: 403px;
+ font-size: smaller; text-align: center;">
+<img src="images/fig002.jpg" width="397" height="562" alt="Fig. 2">
+<br />
+THE EARLIEST MAP OF THE WORLD
+</span>
+</div>
+
+<p class="indent">
+It was after the period of Homer and Hesiod that the first great
+expansion of Greek knowledge about the world began, through the
+extensive colonisation which was carried on by the Greeks around
+the Eastern Mediterranean. Even to this day the natives of the
+southern part of Italy speak a Greek dialect, owing to the wide
+extent of Greek colonies in that country, which used to be called
+"Magna Grecia," or "Great Greece." Marseilles also one of the Greek
+colonies (600 B.C.), which, in its turn, sent out other colonies
+along the Gulf of Lyons. In the East, too, Greek cities were dotted
+along the coast of
+<a name="page_22"><span class="page">Page 22</span></a>
+the Black Sea, one of which, Byzantium, was destined to be of
+world-historic importance. So, too, in North Africa, and among the
+islands of the &AElig;gean Sea, the Greeks colonised throughout the
+sixth and fifth centuries B.C., and in almost every case communication
+was kept up between the colonies and the mother-country.
+</p>
+
+<p class="indent">
+Now, the one quality which has made the Greeks so distinguished
+in the world's history was their curiosity; and it was natural
+that they should desire to know, and to put on record, the large
+amount of information brought to the mainland of Greece from the
+innumerable Greek colonies. But to record geographical knowledge,
+the first thing that is necessary is a map, and accordingly it is
+a Greek philosopher named ANAXIMANDER of Miletus, of the sixth
+century B.C., to whom we owe the invention of map-drawing. Now,
+in order to make a map of one's own country, little astronomical
+knowledge is required. As we have seen, savages are able to draw
+such maps; but when it comes to describing the relative positions
+of countries divided from one another by seas, the problem is not
+so easy. An Athenian would know roughly that Byzantium (now called
+Constantinople) was somewhat to the east and to the north of him,
+because in sailing thither he would have to sail towards the rising
+sun, and would find the climate getting colder as he approached
+Byzantium. So, too, he might roughly guess that Marseilles was
+somewhere to the west and north of him; but how was he to fix the
+relative position
+<a name="page_23"><span class="page">Page 23</span></a>
+of Marseilles and Byzantium to one another? Was Marseilles more
+northerly than Byzantium? Was it very far away from that city?
+For though it took longer to get to Marseilles, the voyage was
+winding, and might possibly bring the vessel comparatively near
+to Byzantium, though there might be no direct road between the
+two cities. There was one rough way of determining how far north a
+place stood: the very slightest observation of the starry heavens
+would show a traveller that as he moved towards the north, the
+pole-star rose higher up in the heavens. How much higher, could be
+determined by the angle formed by a stick pointing to the pole-star,
+in relation to one held horizontally. If, instead of two sticks, we
+cut out a piece of metal or wood to fill up the enclosed angle, we
+get the earliest form of the sun-dial, known as the <i>gnomon</i>,
+and according to the shape of the gnomon the latitude of a place
+is determined. Accordingly, it is not surprising to find that the
+invention of the gnomon is also attributed to Anaximander, for
+without some such instrument it would have been impossible for
+him to have made any map worthy of the name. But it is probable
+that Anaximander did not so much invent as introduce the gnomon,
+and, indeed, Herodotus, expressly states that this instrument was
+derived from the Babylonians, who were the earliest astronomers, so
+far as we know. A curious point confirms this, for the measurement
+of angles is by degrees, and degrees are divided into sixty seconds,
+just as minutes are.
+<a name="page_24"><span class="page">Page 24</span></a>
+Now this division into sixty is certainly derived from Babylonia in
+the case of time measurement, and is therefore of the same origin
+as regards the measurement of angles.
+</p>
+
+<p class="indent">
+We have no longer any copy of this first map of the world drawn
+up by Anaximander, but there is little doubt that it formed the
+foundation of a similar map drawn by a fellow-townsman of Anaximander,
+HECAT&AElig;US of Miletus, who seems to have written the first formal
+geography. Only fragments of this are extant, but from them we are
+able to see that it was of the nature of a <i>periplus</i>, or
+seaman's guide, telling how many days' sail it was from one point
+to another, and in what direction. We know also that he arranged his
+whole subject into two books, dealing respectively with Europe and
+Asia, under which latter term he included part of what we now know
+as Africa. From the fragments scholars have been able to reproduce
+the rough outlines of the map of the world as it presented itself to
+Hecat&aelig;us. From this it can be seen that the Homeric conception
+of the surrounding ocean formed a chief determining feature in
+Hecat&aelig;us's map. For the rest, he was acquainted with the
+Mediterranean, Red, and Black Seas, and with the great rivers Danube,
+Nile, Euphrates, Tigris, and Indus.
+</p>
+
+<p class="indent">
+The next great name in the history of Greek geography is that of
+HERODOTUS of Halicarnassus, who might indeed be equally well called
+the Father of Geography as the Father of History. He travelled
+much in Egypt, Babylonia,
+<a name="page_25"><span class="page">Page 25</span></a>
+Persia, and on the shores of the Black Sea, while he was acquainted
+with Greece, and passed the latter years of his life in South Italy.
+On all these countries he gave his fellow-citizens accurate and
+tolerably full information, and he had diligently collected knowledge
+about countries in their neighbourhood. In particular he gives full
+details of Scythia (or Southern Russia), and of the satrapies and
+royal roads of Persia. As a rule, his information is as accurate
+as could be expected at such an early date, and he rarely tells
+marvellous stories, or if he does, he points out himself their
+untrustworthiness. Almost the only traveller's yarn which Herodotus
+reports without due scepticism is that of the ants of India that were
+bigger than foxes and burrowed out gold dust for their ant-hills.
+</p>
+
+<p class="indent">
+One of the stories he relates is of interest, as seeming to show
+an anticipation of one of Mr. Stanley's journeys. Five young men
+of the Nasamonians started from Southern Libya, W. of the Soudan,
+and journeyed for many days west till they came to a grove of trees,
+when they were seized by a number of men of very small stature, and
+conducted through marshes to a great city of black men of the same
+size, through which a large river flowed. This Herodotus identifies
+with the Nile, but, from the indication of the journey given by
+him, it would seem more probable that it was the Niger, and that
+the Nasamonians had visited Timbuctoo! Owing to this statement
+<a name="page_26"><span class="page">Page 26</span></a>
+of Herodotus, it was for long thought that the Upper Nile flowed
+east and west.
+</p>
+
+<p class="indent">
+After Herodotus, the date of whose history may be fixed at the
+easily remembered number of 444 B.C., a large increase of knowledge
+was obtained of the western part of Asia by the two expeditions of
+Xenophon and of Alexander, which brought the familiar knowledge of
+the Greeks as far as India. But besides these military expeditions
+we have still extant several log-books of mariners, which might
+have added considerably to Greek geography. One of these tells
+the tale of an expedition of the Carthaginian admiral named Hanno,
+down the western coast of Africa, as far as Sierra Leone, a voyage
+which was not afterwards undertaken for sixteen hundred years.
+Hanno brought back from this voyage hairy skins, which, he stated,
+belonged to men and women whom he had captured, and who were known
+to the natives by the name of Gorillas. Another log-book is that
+of a Greek named Scylax, who gives the sailing distances between
+nearly all ports on the Mediterranean and Black Seas, and the number
+of days required to pass from one to another. From this it would seem
+that a Greek merchant vessel could manage on the average fifty miles
+a day. Besides this, one of Alexander's admirals, named Nearchus,
+learned to carry his ships from the mouth of the Indus to the Arabian
+Gulf. Later on, a Greek sailor, Hippalus, found out that by using
+the monsoons at the appropriate times, he could sail direct from
+Arabia to India without laboriously coasting
+<a name="page_27"><span class="page">Page 27</span></a>
+along the shores of Persia and Beluchistan, and in consequence
+the Greeks gave his name to the monsoon. For information about
+India itself, the Greeks were, for a long time, dependent upon
+the account of Megasthenes, an ambassador sent by Seleucus, one
+of Alexander's generals, to the Indian king of the Punjab.
+</p>
+
+<p class="indent">
+While knowledge was thus gained of the East, additional information
+was obtained about the north of Europe by the travels of one PYTHEAS,
+a native of Marseilles, who flourished about the time of Alexander
+the Great (333 B.C.), and he is especially interesting to us as
+having been the first civilised person who can be identified as
+having visited Britain. He seems to have coasted along the Bay of
+Biscay, to have spent some time in England,&mdash;which he reckoned
+as 40,000 stadia (4000 miles) in circumference,&mdash;and he appears
+also to have coasted along Belgium and Holland, as far as the mouth
+of the Elbe. Pytheas is, however, chiefly known in the history
+of geography as having referred to the island of Thule, which he
+described as the most northerly point of the inhabited earth, beyond
+which the sea became thickened, and of a jelly-like consistency. He
+does not profess to have visited Thule, and his account probably
+refers to the existence of drift ice near the Shetlands.
+</p>
+
+<p class="indent">
+All this new information was gathered together, and made accessible
+to the Greek reading world, by ERATOSTHENES, librarian of Alexandria
+(240-196 B.C.), who was practically the founder of
+<a name="page_28"><span class="page">Page 28</span></a>
+scientific geography. He was the first to attempt any accurate
+measurement of the size of the earth, and of its inhabited portion.
+By his time the scientific men of Greece had become quite aware
+of the fact that the earth was a globe, though they considered
+that it was fixed in space at the centre of the universe. Guesses
+had even been made at the size of this globe, Aristotle fixing its
+circumference at 400,000 stadia (or 40,000 miles), but Eratosthenes
+attempted a more accurate measurement. He compared the length of
+the shadow thrown by the sun at Alexandria and at Syene, near the
+first cataract of the Nile, which he assumed to be on the same
+meridian of longitude, and to be at about 5000 stadia (500 miles)
+distance. From the difference in the length of the shadows he deduced
+that this distance represented one-fiftieth of the circumference
+of the earth, which would accordingly be about 250,000 stadia, or
+25,000 geographical miles. As the actual circumference is 24,899
+English miles, this was a very near approximation, considering
+the rough means Eratosthenes had at his disposal.
+</p>
+
+<p class="indent">
+Having thus estimated the size of the earth, Eratosthenes then
+went on to determine the size of that portion which the ancients
+considered to be habitable. North and south of the lands known to
+him, Eratosthenes and all the ancients considered to be either
+too cold or too hot to be habitable; this portion he reckoned to
+extend to 38,000 stadia, or 3800 miles. In reckoning the extent
+of the habitable portion from east to west, Eratosthenes came to
+the conclusion
+<a name="page_29"><span class="page">Page 29</span></a>
+that from the Straits of Gibraltar to the east of India was about
+80,000 stadia, or, roughly speaking, one-third of the earth's surface.
+The remaining two-thirds were supposed to be covered by the ocean,
+and Eratosthenes prophetically remarked that "if it were not that
+the vast extent of the Atlantic Sea rendered it impossible, one might
+almost sail from the coast of Spain to that of India along the same
+parallel." Sixteen hundred years later, as we shall see, Columbus
+tried to carry out this idea. Eratosthenes based his calculations
+on two fundamental lines, corresponding in a way to our equator
+and meridian of Greenwich: the first stretched, according to him,
+from Cape St. Vincent, through the Straits of Messina and the island
+of Rhodes, to Issus (Gulf of Iskanderun); for his starting-line in
+reckoning north and south he used a meridian passing through the
+First Cataract, Alexandria, Rhodes, and Byzantium.
+</p>
+
+<p class="indent">
+The next two hundred years after Eratosthenes' death was filled
+up by the spread of the Roman Empire, by the taking over by the
+Romans of the vast possessions previously held by Alexander and
+his successors and by the Carthaginians, and by their spread into
+Gaul, Britain, and Germany. Much of the increased knowledge thus
+obtained was summed up in the geographical work of STRABO, who
+wrote in Greek about 20 B.C. He introduced from the extra knowledge
+thus obtained many modifications of the system of Eratosthenes,
+but, on the whole, kept to his general conception of the
+<a name="page_30"><span class="page">Page 30</span></a>
+world. He rejected, however, the existence of Thule, and thus made
+the world narrower; while he recognised the existence of Ierne,
+or Ireland; which he regarded as the most northerly part of the
+habitable world, lying, as he thought, north of Britain.
+</p>
+
+<p class="indent">
+Between the time of Strabo and that of Ptolemy, who sums up all
+the knowledge of the ancients about the habitable earth, there was
+only one considerable addition to men's acquaintance with their
+neighbours, contained in a seaman's manual for the navigation of the
+Indian Ocean, known as the <i>Periplus</i> of the Erythr&aelig;an
+Sea. This gave very full and tolerably accurate accounts of the
+coasts from Aden to the mouth of the Ganges, though it regarded
+Ceylon as much greater, and more to the south, than it really is;
+but it also contains an account of the more easterly parts of Asia,
+Indo-China, and China itself, "where the silk comes from." This
+had an important influence on the views of Ptolemy, as we shall
+see, and indirectly helped long afterwards to the discovery of
+America.
+</p>
+
+<div style="width: 100%; text-align: center;">
+<span style="margin: 8px; width: 750px;
+ font-size: smaller; text-align: center;">
+<img src="images/fig003.jpg" width="750" height="453" alt="Fig. 3">
+<br />
+PTOLEMAEI ORBIS
+</span>
+</div>
+
+<p class="indent">
+It was left to PTOLEMY of Alexandria to sum up for the ancient
+world all the knowledge that had been accumulating from the time
+of Eratosthenes to his own day, which we may fix at about 150 A.D.
+He took all the information he could find in the writings of the
+preceding four hundred years, and reduced it all to one uniform
+scale; for it is to him that we owe the invention of the method
+and the names of latitude and longitude. Previous writers had been
+content
+<a name="page_32"><span class="page">Page 32</span></a>
+to say that the distance between one point and another was so many
+stadia, but he reduced all this rough reckoning to so many degrees
+of latitude and longitude, from fixed lines as starting-points.
+But, unfortunately, all these reckonings were rough calculations,
+which are almost invariably beyond the truth; and Ptolemy, though
+the greatest of ancient astronomers, still further distorted his
+results by assuming that a degree was 500 stadia, or 50 geographical
+miles. Thus when he found in any of his authorities that the distance
+between one port and another was 500 stadia, he assumed, in the
+first place, that this was accurate, and, in the second, that the
+distance between the two places was equal to a degree of latitude
+or longitude, as the case might be. Accordingly he arrived at the
+result that the breadth of the habitable globe was, as he put it,
+twelve hours of longitude (corresponding to 180&deg;)&mdash;nearly
+one-third as much again as the real dimensions from Spain to China.
+The consequence of this was that the distance from Spain to China
+<i>westward</i> was correspondingly diminished by sixty degrees (or
+nearly 4000 miles), and it was this error that ultimately encouraged
+Columbus to attempt his epoch-making voyage.
+</p>
+
+<p class="indent">
+Ptolemy's errors of calculation would not have been so extensive
+but that he adopted a method of measurement which made them
+accumulative. If he had chosen Alexandria for the point of departure
+in measuring longitude, the errors he made when reckoning westward
+would have been counterbalanced by those
+<a name="page_33"><span class="page">Page 33</span></a>
+reckoning eastward, and would not have resulted in any serious
+distortion of the truth; but instead of this, he adopted as his
+point of departure the Fortunat&aelig; Insul&aelig;, or Canary
+Islands, and every degree measured to the east of these was one-fifth
+too great, since he assumed that it was only fifty miles in length.
+I may mention that so great has been the influence of Ptolemy on
+geography, that, up to the middle of the last century, Ferro, in
+the Canary Islands, was still retained as the zero-point of the
+meridians of longitude.
+</p>
+
+<p class="indent">
+Another point in which Ptolemy's system strongly influenced modern
+opinion was his departure from the previous assumption that the
+world was surrounded by the ocean, derived from Homer. Instead
+of Africa being thus cut through the middle by the ocean, Ptolemy
+assumed, possibly from vague traditional knowledge, that Africa
+extended an unknown length to the south, and joined on to an equally
+unknown continent far to the east, which, in the Latinised versions
+of his astronomical work, was termed "terra australis incognita,"
+or "the unknown south land." As, by his error with regard to the
+breadth of the earth, Ptolemy led to Columbus; so, by his mistaken
+notions as to the "great south land," he prepared the way for the
+discoveries of Captain Cook. But notwithstanding these errors,
+which were due partly to the roughness of the materials which he
+had to deal with, and partly to scientific caution, Ptolemy's work
+is one of the great monuments of human industry and knowledge.
+<a name="page_34"><span class="page">Page 34</span></a>
+For the Old World it remained the basis of all geographical knowledge
+up to the beginning of the last century, just as his astronomical
+work was only finally abolished by the work of Newton. Ptolemy
+has thus the rare distinction of being the greatest authority on
+two important departments of human knowledge&mdash;astronomy and
+geography&mdash;for over fifteen hundred years. Into the details
+of his description of the world it is unnecessary to go. The map
+will indicate how near he came to the main outlines of the
+Mediterranean, of Northwest Europe, of Arabia, and of the Black
+Sea. Beyond these regions he could only depend upon the rough
+indications and guesses of untutored merchants. But it is worth
+while referring to his method of determining latitude, as it was
+followed up by most succeeding geographers. Between the equator
+and the most northerly point known to him, he divides up the earth
+into horizontal strips, called by him "climates," and determined
+by the average length of the longest day in each. This is a very
+rough method of determining latitude, but it was probably, in most
+cases, all that Ptolemy had to depend upon, since the measurement
+of angles would be a rare accomplishment even in modern times,
+and would only exist among a few mathematicians and astronomers
+in Ptolemy's days. With him the history of geographical knowledge
+and discovery in the ancient world closes.
+</p>
+
+<p class="indent">
+In this chapter I have roughly given the names and exploits of the
+Greek men of science,
+<a name="page_35"><span class="page">Page 35</span></a>
+who summed up in a series of systematic records the knowledge obtained
+by merchants, by soldiers, and by travellers of the extent of the
+world known to the ancients. Of this knowledge, by far the largest
+amount was gained, not by systematic investigation for the purpose of
+geography, but by military expeditions for the purpose of conquest.
+We must now retrace our steps, and give a rough review of the various
+stages of conquest. We must now retrace our steps, and give a rough
+review of the various stages of conquest by which the different
+regions of the Old World became known to the Greeks and the Roman
+Empire, whose knowledge Ptolemy summarises.
+</p>
+
+<p class="authority">
+[<i>Authorities:</i> Bunbury, <i>History of Ancient Geography,</i>
+2 vols., 1879; Tozer, <i>History of Ancient Geography,</i> 1897.]
+</p>
+
+<h2>
+<a name="page_36"><span class="page">Page 36</span></a>
+CHAPTER II
+</h2>
+
+<p class="subtitle">
+THE SPREAD OF CONQUEST IN THE ANCIENT WORLD
+</p>
+
+<p class="indent">
+In a companion volume of this series, "The Story of Extinct
+Civilisations in the East," will be found an account of the rise
+and development of the various nations who held sway over the west
+of Asia at the dawn of history. Modern discoveries of remarkable
+interest have enabled us to learn the condition of men in Asia
+Minor as early as 4000 B.C. All these early civilisations existed
+on the banks of great rivers, which rendered the land fertile through
+which they passed.
+</p>
+
+<p class="indent">
+We first find man conscious of himself, and putting his knowledge
+on record, along the banks of the great rivers Nile, Euphrates,
+and Tigris, Ganges and Yang-tse-Kiang. But for our purposes we
+are not concerned with these very early stages of history. The
+Egyptians got to know something of the nations that surrounded
+them, and so did the Assyrians. A summary of similar knowledge
+is contained in the list of tribes given in the tenth chapter of
+Genesis, which divides all mankind, as then known to the Hebrews,
+into descendants
+<a name="page_37"><span class="page">Page 37</span></a>
+of Shem, Ham, and Japhet&mdash;corresponding, roughly, to Asia,
+Europe, and Africa. But in order to ascertain how the Romans obtained
+the mass of information which was summarised for them by Ptolemy
+in his great work, we have merely to concentrate our attention on
+the remarkable process of continuous expansion which ultimately
+led to the existence of the Roman Empire.
+</p>
+
+<p class="indent">
+All early histories of kingdoms are practically of the same type.
+A certain tract of country is divided up among a certain number
+of tribes speaking a common language, and each of these tribes
+ruled by a separate chieftain. One of these tribes then becomes
+predominant over the rest, through the skill in war or diplomacy
+of one of its chiefs, and the whole of the tract of country is thus
+organised into one kingdom. Thus the history of England relates
+how the kingdom of Wessex grew into predominance over the whole
+of the country; that of France tells how the kings who ruled over
+the Isle of France spread their rule over the rest of the land;
+the history of Israel is mainly an account of how the tribe of
+Judah obtained the hegemony of the rest of the tribes; and Roman
+history, as its name implies, informs us how the inhabitants of
+a single city grew to be the masters of the whole known world.
+But their empire had been prepared for them by a long series of
+similar expansions, which might be described as the successive
+swallowing up of empire after empire, each becoming overgrown in
+the process, till at last the series
+<a name="page_38"><span class="page">Page 38</span></a>
+was concluded by the Romans swallowing up the whole. It was this
+gradual spread of dominion which, at each stage, increased men's
+knowledge of surrounding nations, and it therefore comes within
+our province to roughly sum up these stages, as part of the story
+of geographical discovery.
+</p>
+
+<p class="indent">
+Regarded from the point of view of geography, this spread of man's
+knowledge might be compared to the growth of a huge oyster-shell,
+and, from that point of view, we have to take the north of the
+Persian Gulf as the apex of the shell, and begin with the Babylonian
+Empire. We first have the kingdom of Babylon&mdash;which, in the
+early stages, might be best termed Chald&aelig;a&mdash;in the south
+of Mesopotamia (or the valley between the two rivers, Tigris and
+Euphrates), which, during the third and second millennia before our
+era, spread along the valley of the Tigris. But in the fourteenth
+century B.C., the Assyrians to the north of it, though previously
+dependent upon Babylon, conquered it, and, after various vicissitudes,
+established themselves throughout the whole of Mesopotamia and
+much of the surrounding lands. In 604 B.C. the capital of this
+great empire was moved once more to Babylon, so that in the last
+stage, as well as in the first, it may be called Babylonia. For
+purposes of distinction, however, it will be as well to call these
+three successive stages Chald&aelig;a, Assyria, and Babylonia.
+</p>
+
+<p class="indent">
+Meanwhile, immediately to the east, a somewhat similar process had
+been gone through,
+<a name="page_39"><span class="page">Page 39</span></a>
+though here the development was from north to south, the Medes
+of the north developing a powerful empire in the north of Persia,
+which ultimately fell into the hands of Cyrus the Great in 546
+B.C. He then proceeded to conquer the kingdom of Lydia, in the
+northwest part of Asia Minor, which had previously inherited the
+dominions of the Hittites. Finally he proceeded to seize the empire
+of Babylonia, by his successful attack on the capital, 538 B.C. He
+extended his rule nearly as far as India on one side, and, as we
+know from the Bible, to the borders of Egypt on the other. His son
+Cambyses even succeeded in adding Egypt for a time to the Persian
+Empire. The oyster-shell of history had accordingly expanded to
+include almost the whole of Western Asia.
+</p>
+
+<p class="indent">
+The next two centuries are taken up in universal history by the
+magnificent struggle of the Greeks against the Persian Empire&mdash;the
+most decisive conflict in all history, for it determined whether
+Europe or Asia should conquer the world. Hitherto the course of
+conquest had been from east to west, and if Xerxes' invasion had
+been successful, there is little doubt that the westward tendency
+would have continued. But the larger the tract of country which an
+empire covers&mdash;especially when different tribes and nations
+are included in it&mdash;the weaker and less organised it becomes.
+Within little more than a century of the death of Cyrus the Great
+the Greeks discovered the vulnerable point in the Persian Empire,
+owing to an expedition of ten thousand Greek
+<a name="page_40"><span class="page">Page 40</span></a>
+mercenaries under Xenophon, who had been engaged by Cyrus the younger
+in an attempt to capture the Persian Empire from his brother. Cyrus
+was slain, 401 B.C., but the ten thousand, under the leadership of
+Xenophon, were enabled, to hold their own against all the attempts
+of the Persians to destroy them, and found their way back to Greece.
+</p>
+
+<p class="indent">
+Meanwhile the usual process had been going on in Greece by which a
+country becomes consolidated. From time to time one of the tribes
+into which that mountainous country was divided obtained supremacy
+over the rest: at first the Athenians, owing to the prominent part
+they had taken in repelling the Persians; then the Spartans, and
+finally the Thebans. But on the northern frontiers a race of hardy
+mountaineers, the Macedonians, had consolidated their power, and,
+under Philip of Macedon, became masters of all Greece. Philip had
+learned the lesson taught by the successful retreat of the ten
+thousand, and, just before his death, was preparing to attack the
+Great King (of Persia) with all the forces which his supremacy in
+Greece put at his disposal. His son Alexander the Great carried
+out Philip's intentions. Within twelve years (334-323 B.C.) he had
+conquered Persia, Parthia, India (in the strict sense, <i>i.e.</i>
+the valley of the Indus), and Egypt. After his death his huge empire
+was divided up among his generals, but, except in the extreme east,
+the whole of it was administered on Greek methods. A Greek-speaking
+person could pass from one
+<a name="page_41"><span class="page">Page 41</span></a>
+end to the other without difficulty, and we can understand how a
+knowledge of the whole tract of country between the Adriatic and
+the Indus could be obtained by Greek scholars. Alexander founded
+a large number of cities, all bearing his name, at various points
+of his itinerary; but of these the most important was that at the
+mouth of the Nile, known to this day as Alexandria. Here was the
+intellectual centre of the whole Hellenic world, and accordingly
+it was here, as we have seen, that Eratosthenes first wrote down
+in a systematic manner all the knowledge about the habitable earth
+which had been gained mainly by Alexander's conquests.
+</p>
+
+<p class="indent">
+Important as was the triumphant march of Alexander through Western
+Asia, both in history and in geography, it cannot be said to have
+added so very much to geographical knowledge, for Herodotus was
+roughly acquainted with most of the country thus traversed, except
+towards the east of Persia and the north-west of India. But the
+itineraries of Alexander and his generals must have contributed
+more exact knowledge of the distances between the various important
+centres of population, and enabled Eratosthenes and his successors
+to give them a definite position on their maps of the world. What
+they chiefly learned from Alexander and his immediate successors
+was a more accurate knowledge of North-West India. Even as late
+as Strabo, the sole knowledge possessed at Alexandria of Indian
+places was that given by Megasthenes,
+<a name="page_42"><span class="page">Page 42</span></a>
+the ambassador to India in the third century B.C.
+</p>
+
+<p class="indent">
+Meanwhile, in the western portion of the civilised world a similar
+process had gone on. In the Italian peninsula the usual struggle
+had gone on between the various tribes inhabiting it. The fertile
+plain of Lombardy was not in those days regarded as belonging to
+Italy, but was known as Cisalpine Gaul. The south of Italy, as we
+have seen, was mainly inhabited by Greek colonists, and was called
+Great Greece. Between these tracts of country the Italian territory
+was inhabited by three sets of federate tribes&mdash;the Etrurians,
+the Samnites, and the Latins. During the 230 years between 510
+B.C. and 280 B.C. Rome was occupied in obtaining the supremacy
+among these three sets of tribes, and by the latter date may be
+regarded as having consolidated Central Italy into an Italian
+federation, centralised at Rome. At the latter date, the Greek
+king Pyrrhus of Epirus, attempted to arouse the Greek colonies
+in Southern Italy against the growing power of Rome; but his
+interference only resulted in extending the Roman dominion down
+to the heel and big toe of Italy.
+</p>
+
+<p class="indent">
+If Rome was to advance farther, Sicily would be the next step, and
+just at that moment Sicily was being threatened by the other great
+power of the West&mdash;Carthage. Carthage was the most important
+of the colonies founded by the Ph&oelig;nicians (probably in the ninth
+century B.C.), and pursued in the Western Mediterranean
+<a name="page_43"><span class="page">Page 43</span></a>
+the policy of establishing trading stations along the coast, which
+had distinguished the Ph&oelig;nicians from their first appearance
+in history. They seized all the islands in that division of the sea,
+or at any rate prevented any other nation from settling in Corsica,
+Sardinia, and the Balearic Isles. In particular Carthage took possession
+of the western part of Sicily, which had been settled by sister
+Ph&oelig;nician colonies. While Rome did everything in its power to
+consolidate its conquests by admitting the other Italians to some
+share in the central government, Carthage only regarded its foreign
+possessions as so many openings for trade. In fact, it dealt with
+the western littoral of the Mediterranean something like the East
+India Company treated the coast of Hindostan: it established factories
+at convenient spots. But just as the East India Company found it
+necessary to conquer the neighbouring territory in order to secure
+peaceful trade, so Carthage extended its conquests all down the
+western coast of Africa and the south-east part of Spain, while Rome
+was extending into Italy. To continue our conchological analogy, by
+the time of the first Punic War Rome and Carthage had each expanded
+into a shell, and between the two intervened the eastern section of
+the island of Sicily. As the result of this, Rome became master
+of Sicily, and then the final struggle took place with Hannibal in
+the second Punic War, which resulted in Rome becoming possessed
+of Spain and Carthage.
+<a name="page_44"><span class="page">Page 44</span></a>
+By the year 200 B.C. Rome was practically master of the Western
+Mediterranean, though it took another century to consolidate its
+heritage from Carthage in Spain and Mauritania. During that
+century&mdash;the second before our era&mdash;Rome also extended
+its Italian boundaries to the Alps by the conquest of Cisalpine
+Gaul, which, however, was considered outside Italy, from which it
+was separated by the river Rubicon. In that same century the Romans
+had begun to interfere in the affairs of Greece, which easily fell
+into their hands, and thus prepared the way for their inheritance
+of Alexander's empire.
+</p>
+
+<p class="indent">
+This, in the main, was the work of the first century before our
+era, when the expansion of Rome became practically concluded. This
+was mainly the work of two men, C&aelig;sar and Pompey. Following
+the example of his uncle, Marius, C&aelig;sar extended the Roman
+dominions beyond the Alps to Gaul, Western Germany, and Britain;
+but from our present standpoint it was Pompey who prepared the way
+for Rome to carry on the succession of empire in the more civilised
+portions of the world, and thereby merited his title of "Great." He
+pounded up, as it were, the various states into which Asia Minor was
+divided, and thus prepared the way for Roman dominion over Western
+Asia and Egypt. By the time of Ptolemy the empire was thoroughly
+consolidated, and his map and geographical notices are only tolerably
+accurate within the confines of the empire.
+</p>
+
+<div style="width: 100%; text-align: center;">
+<span style="margin: 8px; width: 763px;
+ font-size: smaller; text-align: center;">
+<img src="images/fig004.jpg" width="762" height="466" alt="Fig. 4">
+<br />
+EUROPE.<br />
+Showing the principal Roman Roads.
+</span>
+</div>
+
+<p class="indent">
+One of the means by which the Romans
+<a name="page_46"><span class="page">Page 46</span></a>
+were enabled to consolidate their dominion must be here shortly
+referred to. In order that their legions might easily pass from one
+portion of this huge empire to another, they built roads, generally
+in straight lines, and so solidly constructed that in many places
+throughout Europe they can be traced even to the present day, after
+the lapse of fifteen hundred years. Owing to them, in a large measure,
+Rome was enabled to preserve its empire intact for nearly five
+hundred years, and even to this day one can trace a difference in
+the civilisation of those countries over which Rome once ruled,
+except where the devastating influence of Islam has passed like
+a sponge over the old Roman provinces. Civilisation, or the art
+of living together in society, is practically the result of Roman
+law, and this sense all roads in history lead to Rome.
+</p>
+
+<p class="indent">
+The work of Claudius Ptolemy sums up to us the knowledge that the
+Romans had gained by their inheritance, on the western side, of the
+Carthaginian empire, and, on the eastern, of the remains of Alexander's
+empire, to which must be added the conquests of C&aelig;sar in
+North-West Europe. C&aelig;sar is, indeed, the connecting link between
+the two shells that had been growing throughout ancient history. He
+added Gaul, Germany, and Britain to geographical knowledge, and,
+by his struggle with Pompey, connected the Levant with his northerly
+conquests. One result of his imperial work must be here referred
+to. By bringing all civilised men under one rule, he prepared them
+for the worship of one God. This was not without its
+<a name="page_47"><span class="page">Page 47</span></a>
+influence on travel and geographical discovery, for the great barrier
+between mankind had always been the difference of religion, and
+Rome, by breaking down the exclusiveness of local religions, and
+substituting for them a general worship of the majesty of the Emperor,
+enabled all the inhabitants of this vast empire to feel a certain
+communion with one another, which ultimately, as we know, took
+on a religious form.
+</p>
+
+<p class="indent">
+The Roman Empire will henceforth form the centre from which to
+regard any additions to geographical knowledge. As we shall see,
+part of the knowledge acquired by the Romans was lost in the Dark
+Ages succeeding the break-up of the empire; but for our purposes
+this may be neglected and geographical discovery in the succeeding
+chapters may be roughly taken to be additions and corrections of
+the knowledge summed up by Claudius Ptolemy.
+</p>
+
+<h2>
+<a name="page_48"><span class="page">Page 48</span></a>
+CHAPTER III
+</h2>
+
+<p class="subtitle">
+GEOGRAPHY IN THE DARK AGES
+</p>
+
+<p class="indent">
+We have seen how, by a slow process of conquest and expansion, the
+ancient world got to know a large part of the Eastern Hemisphere,
+and how this knowledge was summed up in the great work of Claudius
+Ptolemy. We have now to learn how much of this knowledge was lost
+or perverted&mdash;how geography, for a time, lost the character
+of a science, and became once more the subject of mythical fancies
+similar to those which we found in its earliest stages. Instead of
+knowledge which, if not quite exact, was at any rate approximately
+measured, the medi&aelig;val teachers who concerned themselves with
+the configuration of the inhabited world substituted their own
+ideas of what ought to be.[1] This is a process which applies not
+alone to geography, but to all branches of knowledge, which, after
+the fall of the Roman Empire, ceased to expand or progress, became
+mixed up with fanciful notions, and only recovered when a knowledge
+of ancient science and thought was restored in the fifteenth
+<a name="page_49"><span class="page">Page 49</span></a>
+century. But in geography we can more easily see than in other
+sciences the exact nature of the disturbing influence which prevented
+the acquisition of new knowledge.
+</p>
+
+<p class="footnote">
+[Footnote 1: It is fair to add that Professor Miller's researches
+have shown that some of the "unscientific" qualities of the
+medi&aelig;val <i>mapp&oelig; mundi</i> were due to Roman models.]
+</p>
+
+<p class="indent">
+Briefly put, that disturbing influence was religion, or rather
+theology; not, of course, religion in the proper sense of the word,
+or theology based on critical principles, but theological conceptions
+deduced from a slavish adherence to texts of Scripture, very often
+seriously misunderstood. To quote a single example: when it is
+said in Ezekiel v. S, "This is Jerusalem: I have set it in the
+midst of the nations... round about her," this was not taken by
+the medi&aelig;val monks, who were the chief geographers of the
+period, as a poetical statement, but as an exact mathematical law,
+which determined the form which all medi&aelig;val maps took. Roughly
+speaking, of course, there was a certain amount of truth in the
+statement, since Jerusalem would be about the centre of the world
+as known to the ancients&mdash;at least, measured from east to
+west; but, at the same time, the medi&aelig;val geographers adopted
+the old Homeric idea of the ocean surrounding the habitable world,
+though at times there was a tendency to keep more closely to the
+words of Scripture about the four corners of the earth. Still, as
+a rule, the orthodox conception of the world was that of a circle
+enclosing a sort of T square, the east being placed at the top,
+Jerusalem in the centre; the Mediterranean Sea naturally divided
+the lower half of the circle, while the &AElig;gean and Red Seas were
+<a name="page_50"><span class="page">Page 50</span></a>
+regarded as spreading out right and left perpendicularly, thus
+dividing the top part of the world, or Asia, from the lower part,
+divided equally between Europe on the left and Africa on the right.
+The size of the Mediterranean Sea, it will be seen, thus determined
+the dimensions of the three continents. One of the chief errors to
+which this led was to cut off the whole of the south of Africa,
+which rendered it seemingly a short voyage round that continent
+on the way to India. As we shall see, this error had important
+and favourable results on geographical discovery.
+</p>
+
+<div style="width: 100%; text-align: center;">
+<span style="margin: 8px; width: 420px;
+ font-size: smaller; text-align: center;">
+<img src="images/fig005.jpg" width="419" height="296" alt="Fig. 5">
+<br />
+GEOGRAPHICAL MONSTERS
+</span>
+</div>
+
+<p class="indent">
+Another result of this conception of the world as a T within an
+O, was to expand Asia to an enormous extent; and as this was a
+part of the world which was less known to the monkish map-makers
+of the Middle Ages, they were obliged to fill out their ignorance
+by their imagination. Hence they located in Asia all the legends
+which they had derived either from Biblical or classical sources.
+Thus there was a conception, for which very little basis is to be
+found in the Bible, of two fierce nations named Gog and Magog,
+who would one day bring about the destruction of the civilised
+world. These were located in what would have been Siberia, and
+it was thought that Alexander the Great had penned them in behind
+the Iron Mountains. When the great Tartar invasion came in the
+thirteenth century, it was natural to suppose that these were no
+less than the Gog and Magog of legend. So, too, the position of
+Paradise was fixed in the extreme east,
+<a name="page_51"><span class="page">Page 51</span></a>
+or, in other words, at the top of medi&aelig;val maps. Then, again,
+some of the classical authorities, as Pliny and Solinus, had admitted
+into their geographical accounts legends of strange tribes of monstrous
+men, strangely different from normal humanity. Among these may be
+mentioned the Sciapodes, or men whose feet were so large that when
+it was hot they could rest on their backs and lie in the shade.
+There is a dim remembrance of these monstrosities in Shakespeare's
+reference to
+</p>
+
+<p class="bquote">
+"The Anthropophagi, and men whose heads<br>
+&nbsp;Do grow beneath their shoulders."
+</p>
+
+<p class="indent">
+In the mythical travels of Sir John Maundeville there are illustrations
+of these curious beings, one of which is here reproduced. Other
+<a name="page_52"><span class="page">Page 52</span></a>
+tracts of country were supposed to be inhabited by equally monstrous
+animals. Illustrations of most of these were utilised to fill up
+the many vacant spaces in the medi&aelig;val maps of Asia.
+</p>
+
+<p class="indent">
+One author, indeed, in his theological zeal, went much further in
+modifying the conceptions of the habitable world. A Christian merchant
+named Cosmas, who had journeyed to India, and was accordingly known
+as COSMAS INDICOPLEUSTES, wrote, about 540 A.D., a work entitled
+"Christian Topography," to confound what he thought to be the erroneous
+views of Pagan authorities about the configuration of the world. What
+especially roused his ire was the conception of the spherical form
+of the earth, and of the Antipodes, or men who could stand upside
+down. He drew a picture of a round ball, with four men standing
+upon it, with their feet on opposite sides, and asked triumphantly
+how it was possible that all four could stand upright? In answer
+to those who asked him to explain how he could account for day
+and night if the sun did not go round the earth, he supposed that
+there was a huge mountain in the extreme north, round which the sun
+moved once in every twenty-four hours. Night was when the sun was
+going round the other side of the mountain. He also proved, entirely
+to his own satisfaction, that the sun, instead of being greater,
+was very much smaller than the earth. The earth was, according to
+him, a moderately sized plane, the inhabited parts of which were
+separated from the antediluvian world by the ocean, and at the
+four corners of
+<a name="page_53"><span class="page">Page 53</span></a>
+the whole were the pillars which supported the heavens, so that
+the whole universe was something like a big glass exhibition case,
+on the top of which was the firmament, dividing the waters above
+and below it, according to the first chapter of Genesis.
+</p>
+
+<div style="width: 100%; text-align: center;">
+<span style="margin: 8px; width: 452px;
+ font-size: smaller; text-align: center;">
+<img src="images/fig006.jpg" width="447" height="452" alt="Fig. 6">
+<br />
+THE HEREFORD MAP.
+</span>
+</div>
+
+<p class="indent">
+Cosmas' views, however interesting and amusing they are, were too
+extreme to gain
+<a name="page_54"><span class="page">Page 54</span></a>
+much credence or attention
+even from the medi&aelig;val monks, and we find no reference to them
+in the various <i>mapp&oelig; mundi</i> which sum up their knowledge,
+or rather ignorance, about the world. One of the most remarkable of
+these maps exists in England at Hereford, and the plan of it given
+on <a href="#page_53">p. 53</a> will convey as much information
+as to early medi&aelig;val geography as the ordinary reader will
+require. In the extreme east, <i>i.e.</i> at the top, is represented
+the Terrestrial Paradise; in the centre is Jerusalem; beneath this,
+the Mediterranean extends to the lower edge of the map, with its
+islands very carefully particularised. Much attention is given
+to the rivers throughout, but very little to the mountains. The
+only real increase of actual knowledge represented in the map is
+that of the north-east of Europe, which had I naturally become
+better known by the invasion of the Norsemen. But how little real
+knowledge was possessed of this portion of Europe is proved by
+the fact that the mapmaker placed near Norway the Cynocephali, or
+dog-headed men, probably derived from some confused accounts of
+Indian monkeys. Near them are placed the Gryphons, "men most wicked,
+for among their misdeeds they also make garments for themselves and
+their horses out of the skins of their enemies." Here, too, is
+placed the home of the Seven Sleepers, who lived for ever as a
+standing miracle to convert the heathen. The shape given to the
+British Islands will be observed as due to the necessity of keeping
+the circular form of the
+<a name="page_55"><span class="page">Page 55</span></a>
+inhabited world. Other details about England we may leave for the
+present.
+</p>
+
+<p class="indent">
+It is obvious that maps such as the Hereford one would be of no
+practical utility to travellers who desired to pass from one country
+to another; indeed, they were not intended for any such purpose.
+Geography had ceased to be in any sense a practical science; it
+only ministered to men's sense of wonder, and men studied it mainly
+in order to learn about the marvels of the world. When William
+of Wykeham drew up his rules for the Fellows and Scholars of New
+College, Oxford, he directed them in the long winter evenings to
+occupy themselves with "singing, or reciting poetry, or with the
+chronicles of the different kingdoms, or with the <i>wonders of
+the world</i>." Hence almost all medi&aelig;val maps are filled
+up with pictures of these wonders, which were the more necessary
+as so few people could read. A curious survival of this custom
+lasted on in map-drawing almost to the beginning of this century,
+when the spare places in the ocean were adorned with pictures of
+sailing ships or spouting sea monsters.
+</p>
+
+<p class="indent">
+When men desired to travel, they did not use such maps as these,
+but rather itineraries, or road-books, which did not profess to
+give the shape of the countries through which a traveller would
+pass, but only indicated the chief towns on the most-frequented
+roads. This information was really derived from classical times,
+for the Roman emperors from time to time directed such road-books
+to be drawn up, and there
+<a name="page_56"><span class="page">Page 56</span></a>
+still remains an almost complete itinerary of the Empire, known
+as the Peutinger Table, from the name of the German merchant who
+first drew the attention of the learned world to it. A condensed
+reproduction is given on the following page, from which it will
+be seen that no attempt is made to give anything more than the
+roads and towns. Unfortunately, the first section of the table,
+which started from Britain, has been mutilated, and we only get
+the Kentish coast. These itineraries were specially useful, as
+the chief journeys of men were in the nature of pilgrimages; but
+these often included a sort of commercial travelling, pilgrims
+often combining business and religion on their journeys. The chief
+information about Eastern Europe which reached the West was given
+by the succession of pilgrims who visited Palestine up to the time
+of the Crusades. Our chief knowledge of the geography of Europe
+daring the five centuries between 500 and 1000 A.D. is given in
+the reports of successive pilgrims.
+</p>
+
+<div style="width: 100%; text-align: center;">
+<span style="margin: 8px; width: 769px;
+ font-size: smaller; text-align: center;">
+<img src="images/fig007.jpg" width="766" height="456" alt="Fig. 7">
+<br />
+THE PEUTINGER TABLE&mdash;WESTERN PART.
+</span>
+</div>
+
+<p class="indent">
+This period may be regarded as the Dark Age of geographical knowledge,
+during which wild conceptions like those contained in the Hereford
+map were substituted for the more accurate measurements of the
+ancients. Curiously enough, almost down to the time of Columbus
+the learned kept to these conceptions, instead of modifying them by
+the extra knowledge gained during the second period of the Middle
+Ages, when travellers of all kinds obtained much fuller information
+of Asia, North
+<a name="page_58"><span class="page">Page 58</span></a>
+Europe, and even, as, we shall see, of some parts of America.
+</p>
+
+<p class="indent">
+It is not altogether surprising that this period should have been
+so backward in geographical knowledge, since the map of Europe
+itself, in its political divisions, was entirely readjusted during
+this period. The thousand years of history which elapsed between 450
+and 1450 were practically taken up by successive waves of invasion
+from the centre of Asia, which almost entirely broke up the older
+divisions of the world.
+</p>
+
+<p class="indent">
+In the fifth century three wandering tribes, invaded the Empire, from
+the banks of the Vistula, the Dnieper, and the Volga respectively. The
+Huns came from the Volga, in the extreme east, and under Attila, "the
+Hammer of God," wrought consternation in the Empire; the Visigoths,
+from the Dnieper, attacked the Eastern Empire; while the Vandals,
+from the Vistula, took a triumphant course through Gaul and Spain,
+and founded for a time a Vandal empire in North Africa. One of the
+consequences of this movement was to drive several of the German
+tribes into France, Italy, and Spain, and even over into Britain;
+for it is from this stage in the world's history that we can trace
+the beginning of England, properly so called, just as the invasion
+of Gaul by the Franks at this time means the beginning of French
+history. By the eighth century the kingdom of the Franks extended
+all over France, and included most of Central Germany; while on
+Christmas Day, 800, Charles
+<a name="page_59"><span class="page">Page 59</span></a>
+the Great was crowned at Rome, by the Pope, Emperor of the Holy
+Roman Empire, which professed to revive the glories of the old
+empire, but made a division between the temporal power held by the
+Emperor and the spiritual power held by the Pope.
+</p>
+
+<p class="indent">
+One of the divisions of the Frankish Empire deserves attention,
+because upon its fate rested the destinies of most of the nations
+of Western Europe. The kingdom of Burgundy, the buffer state between
+France and Germany, has now entirely disappeared, except as the
+name of a wine; but having no natural boundaries, it was disputed
+between France and Germany for a long period, and it may be fairly
+said that the Franco-Prussian War was the last stage in its history
+up to the present. A similar state existed in the east of Europe,
+viz. the kingdom of Poland, which was equally indefinite in shape,
+and has equally formed a subject of dispute between the nations
+of Eastern Europe. This, as is well known, only disappeared as
+an independent state in 1795, when it finally ceased to act as a
+buffer between Russia and the rest of Europe. Roughly speaking,
+after the settlement of the Germanic tribes within the confines of
+the Empire, the history of Europe, and therefore its historical
+geography, may be summed up as a struggle for the possession of
+Burgundy and Poland.
+</p>
+
+<p class="indent">
+But there was an important interlude in the south-west of Europe,
+which must engage our attention as a symptom of a world-historic
+change in the condition of civilisation. During
+<a name="page_60"><span class="page">Page 60</span></a>
+the course of the seventh and eighth centuries (roughly, between
+622 and 750) the inhabitants of the Arabian peninsula burst the
+seclusion which they had held since the beginning, almost, of history,
+and, inspired by the zeal of the newly-founded religion of Islam,
+spread their influence from India to Spain, along the southern
+littoral of the Mediterranean. When they had once settled down,
+they began to recover the remnants of Gr&aelig;co-Roman science
+that had been lost on the north shores of the Mediterranean. The
+Christians of Syria used Greek for their sacred language, and
+accordingly when the Sultans of Bagdad desired to know something
+of the wisdom of the Greeks, they got Syriac-speaking Christians
+to translate some of the scientific works of the Greeks, first
+into Syriac, and thence into Arabic. In this way they obtained a
+knowledge of the great works of Ptolemy, both in astronomy&mdash;which
+they regarded as the more important, and therefore the greatest,
+Almagest&mdash;and also in geography, though one can easily understand
+the great modifications which the strange names of Ptolemy must have
+undergone in being transcribed, first into Syriac and then into
+Arabic. We shall see later on some of the results of the Arabic
+Ptolemy.
+</p>
+
+<p class="indent">
+The conquests of the Arabs affected the knowledge of geography
+in a twofold way: by bringing about the Crusades, and by renewing
+the acquaintance of the west with the east of Asia. The Arabs were
+acquainted with South-Eastern Africa as far south as Zanzibar and
+<a name="page_61"><span class="page">Page 61</span></a>
+Sofala, though, following the views of Ptolemy as to the Great
+Unknown South Land, they imagined that these spread out into the
+Indian Ocean towards India. They seem even to have had some vague
+knowledge of the sources of the Nile. They were also acquainted
+with Ceylon, Java, and Sumatra, and they were the first people to
+learn the various uses to which the cocoa-nut can be put. Their
+merchants, too, visited China as early as the ninth century, and we
+have from their accounts some of the earliest descriptions of the
+Chinese, who were described by them as a handsome people, superior
+in beauty to the Indians, with fine dark hair, regular features,
+and very like the Arabs. We shall see later on how comparatively
+easy it was for a Mohammedan to travel from one end of the known
+world to the other, owing to the community of religion throughout
+such a vast area.
+</p>
+
+<p class="indent">
+Some words should perhaps be said on the geographical works of
+the Arabs. One of the most important of these, by Yacut, is in the
+form of a huge Gazetteer, arranged in alphabetical order; but the
+greatest geographical work of the Arabs is by EDRISI, geographer to
+King Roger of Sicily, 1154, who describes the world somewhat after
+the manner of Ptolemy, but with modifications of some interest. He
+divides the world into seven horizontal strips, known as "climates,"
+and ranging from the equator to the British Isles. These strips are
+subdivided into eleven sections, so that the world, in Edrisi's
+conception, is like a chess-board, divided into
+<a name="page_62"><span class="page">Page 62</span></a>
+seventy-seven squares, and his work consists of an elaborate description
+of each of these squares taken one by one, each climate being worked
+through regularly, so that you might get parts of France in the
+
+<span style="float: left; width: 100%; text-align: center;">
+<span style="margin: 8px; width: 426px;
+ font-size: smaller; text-align: center;">
+<img src="images/fig008.jpg" width="423" height="425" alt="Fig. 8">
+<br />
+THE WORLD ACCORDING TO IBN HAUKAL.
+</span>
+</span>
+
+eighth and ninth squares, and other parts in the sixteenth and
+seventeenth. Such a method was not adapted to give a clear conception
+of separate countries, but this was scarcely Edrisi's object. When
+the Arabs&mdash;or, indeed, any of the ancient or medi&aelig;val
+writers&mdash;wanted
+<a name="page_63"><span class="page">Page 63</span></a>
+wanted to describe a land, they wrote about the tribe or nation
+inhabiting it, and not about the position of the towns in it; in
+other words, they drew a marked distinction between ethnology and
+geography.
+</p>
+
+<p class="indent">
+But the geography of the Arabs had little or no influence upon
+that of Europe, which, so far as maps went, continued to be based
+on fancy instead of fact almost up to the time of Columbus.
+</p>
+
+<p class="indent">
+Meanwhile another movement had been going on during the eighth and
+ninth centuries, which helped to make Europe what it is, and extended
+considerably the common knowledge of the northern European peoples.
+For the first time since the disappearance of the Ph&oelig;nicians,
+a great naval power came into existence in Norway, and within a
+couple of centuries it had influenced almost the whole sea-coast
+of Europe. The Vikings, or Sea-Rovers, who kept their long ships
+in the <i>viks</i>, or fjords, of Norway, made vigorous attacks
+all along the coast of Europe, and in several cases formed stable
+governments, and so made, in a way, a sort of crust for Europe,
+preventing any further shaking of its human contents. In Iceland, in
+England, in Ireland, in Normandy, in Sicily, and at Constantinople
+(where they formed the <i>Varangi</i>, or body-guard of the Emperor),
+as well as in Russia, and for a time in the Holy Land, Vikings or
+Normans founded kingdoms between which there was a lively interchange
+of visits and knowledge.
+</p>
+
+<p class="indent">
+They certainly extended their voyages to Greenland, and there is
+a good deal of evidence
+<a name="page_64"><span class="page">Page 64</span></a>
+for believing that they travelled from Greenland to Labrador and
+Newfoundland. In the year 1001, an Icelander named Biorn, sailing
+to Greenland to visit his father, was driven to the south-west, and
+came to a country which they called Vinland, inhabited by dwarfs,
+and having a shortest day of eight hours, which would correspond
+roughly to 50&deg; north latitude. The Norsemen settled there,
+and as late as 1121 the Bishop of Greenland visited them, in order
+to convert them to Christianity. There is little reason to doubt
+that this Vinland was on the mainland of North America, and the
+Norsemen were therefore the first Europeans to discover America.
+As late as 1380, two Venetians, named Zeno, visited Iceland, and
+reported that there was a tradition there of a land named Estotiland,
+a thousand miles west of the Faroe Islands, and south of Greenland.
+The people were reported to be civilised and good seamen, though
+unacquainted with the use of the compass, while south of them were
+savage cannibals, and still more to the south-west another civilised
+people, who built large cities and temples, but offered up human
+victims in them. There seems to be here a dim knowledge of the
+Mexicans.
+</p>
+
+<p class="indent">
+The great difficulty in maritime discovery, both for the ancients
+and the men of the Middle Ages, was the necessity of keeping close
+to the shore. It is true they might guide themselves by the sun
+during the day, and by the pole-star at night, but if once the
+sky was overcast, they would become entirely at a loss for their
+bearings. Hence the discovery of the
+<a name="page_65"><span class="page">Page 65</span></a>
+polar tendency of the magnetic needle was a necessary prelude to
+any extended voyages away from land. This appears to have been
+known to the Chinese from quite ancient times, and utilised on
+their junks as early as the eleventh century. The Arabs, who voyaged
+to Ceylon and Java, appear to have learnt its use from the Chinese,
+and it is probably from them that the mariners of Barcelona first
+introduced its use into Europe. The first mention of it is given in
+a treatise on Natural History by Alexander Neckam, foster-brother of
+Richard, C&oelig;ur de Lion. Another reference, in a satirical poem
+of the troubadour, Guyot of Provence (1190), states that mariners
+can steer to the north star without seeing it, by following the
+direction of a needle floating in a straw in a basin of water,
+after it had been touched by a magnet. But little use, however,
+seems to have been made of this, for Brunetto Latini, Dante's tutor,
+when on a visit to Roger Bacon in 1258, states that the friar had
+shown him the magnet and its properties, but adds that, however
+useful the discovery, "no master mariner would dare to use it,
+lest he should be thought to be a magician." Indeed, in the form in
+which it was first used it would be of little practical utility, and
+it was not till the method was found of balancing it on a pivot and
+fixing it on a card, as at present used, that it became a necessary
+part of a sailor's outfit. This practical improvement is attributed
+to one Flavio Gioja, of Amalfi, in the beginning of the fourteenth
+century.
+</p>
+
+<div style="width: 100%; text-align: center;">
+<span style="margin: 8px; width: 763px;
+ font-size: smaller; text-align: center;">
+<img src="images/fig009.jpg" width="761" height="377" alt="Fig. 9">
+<br />
+THE MEDITERRANEAN COAST IN THE PORTULANI.
+</span>
+</div>
+
+<p class="indent">
+<a name="page_66"><span class="page">Page 66</span></a>
+When once the mariner's compass had come into general use, and
+its indications observed by master mariners in their voyages, a
+much more practical method was at hand for determining the relative
+positions of the different lands. Hitherto geographers (<i>i.e.</i>,
+mainly the Greeks and Arabs) had had to depend for fixing relative
+positions on the vague statements in the itineraries of merchants and
+soldiers; but now, with the aid of the compass, it was not difficult
+to determine the relative position of one point to another, while
+all the windings of a road could be fixed down on paper without
+much difficulty. Consequently, while the learned monks were content
+with the mixture of myth and fable which we have seen to have formed
+the basis of their maps of the world, the seamen of the Mediterranean
+were gradually building up charts of that sea and the neighbouring
+lands which varied but little from the true position. A chart of
+this kind was called a Portulano, as giving information of the
+best routes from port to port, and Baron Nordenskiold has recently
+shown how all these <i>portulani</i> are derived from a single
+Catalan map which has been lost, but must have been compiled between
+1266 and 1291. And yet there were some of the learned who were
+not above taking instruction from the practical knowledge of the
+seamen. In 1339, one Angelico Dulcert, of Majorca, made an elaborate
+map of the world on the principle of the portulano, giving the coast
+line&mdash;at least of the Mediterranean&mdash;with remarkable
+accuracy. A little later, in 1375, a
+<a name="page_68"><span class="page">Page 68</span></a>
+Jew of the same island, named Cresquez, made an improvement on
+this by introducing into the eastern parts of the map the recently
+acquired knowledge of Cathay, or China, due to the great traveller
+Marco Polo. His map (generally known as the Catalan Map, from the
+language of the inscriptions plentifully scattered over it) is
+divided into eight horizontal strips, and on the preceding page will
+be found a reduced reproduction, showing how very accurately the
+coast line of the Mediterranean was reproduced in these portulanos.
+</p>
+
+<p class="indent">
+With the portulanos, geographical knowledge once more came back to
+the lines of progress, by reverting to the representation of fact,
+and, by giving an accurate representation of the coast line, enabled
+mariners to adventure more fearlessly and to return more safely,
+while they gave the means for recording any further knowledge. As
+we shall see, they aided Prince Henry the Navigator to start that
+series of geographical investigation which led to the discoveries
+that close the Middle Ages. With them we may fairly close the history
+of medi&aelig;val geography, so far as it professed to be a systematic
+branch of knowledge.
+</p>
+
+<p class="indent">
+We must now turn back and briefly sum up the additions to knowledge
+made by travellers, pilgrims, and merchants, and recorded in literary
+shape in the form of travels.
+</p>
+
+<p class="authority">
+[<i>Authorities:</i> Lelewel, <i>G&eacute;ographie du Moyen Age</i>,
+4 vols. and atlas, 1852; C. R. Beazley, <i>Dawn of Geography</i>,
+1897, and Introduction to <i>Prince Henry the Navigator</i>, 1895;
+Nordenskiold, <i>Periplus</i>, 1897.]
+</p>
+
+<h2>
+<a name="page_69"><span class="page">Page 69</span></a>
+CHAPTER IV
+</h2>
+
+<p class="subtitle">
+MEDI&AElig;VAL TRAVELS
+</p>
+
+<p class="indent">
+In the Middle Ages&mdash;that is, in the thousand years between
+the irruption of the barbarians into the Roman Empire in the fifth
+century and the discovery of the New World in the fifteenth&mdash;the
+chief stages of history which affect the extension of men's knowledge
+of the world were: the voyages of the Vikings in the eighth and
+ninth centuries, to which we have already referred; the Crusades,
+in the twelfth and thirteenth centuries; and the growth of the
+Mongol Empire in the thirteenth and fourteenth centuries. The extra
+knowledge obtained by the Vikings did not penetrate to the rest
+of Europe; that brought by the Crusades, and their predecessors,
+the many pilgrimages to the Holy Land, only restored to Western
+Europe the knowledge already stored up in classical antiquity;
+but the effect of the extension of the Mongol Empire was of more
+wide-reaching importance, and resulted in the addition of knowledge
+about Eastern Asia which was not possessed by the Romans, and has
+only been surpassed in modern times during the present century.
+</p>
+
+<p class="indent">
+Towards the beginning of the thirteenth
+<a name="page_70"><span class="page">Page 70</span></a>
+century, Chinchiz Khan, leader of a small Tatar tribe, conquered
+most of Central and Eastern Asia, including China. Under his son,
+Okkodai, these Mongol Tatars turned from China to the West, conquered
+Armenia, and one of the Mongol generals, named Batu, ravaged South
+Russia and Poland, and captured Buda-Pest, 1241. It seemed as if
+the prophesied end of the world had come, and the mighty nations
+Gog and Magog had at last burst forth to fulfil the prophetic words.
+But Okkodai died suddenly, and these armies were recalled. Universal
+terror seized Europe, and the Pope, as the head of Christendom,
+determined to send ambassadors to the Great Khan, to ascertain
+his real intentions. He sent a friar named John of Planocarpini,
+from Lyons, in 1245, to the camp of Batu (on the Volga), who passed
+him on to the court of the Great Khan at Karakorum, the capital of
+his empire, of which only the slightest trace is now left on the
+left bank of the Orkhon, some hundred miles south of Lake Baikal.
+</p>
+
+<p class="indent">
+Here, for the first time, they heard of a kingdom on the east coast
+of Asia which was not yet conquered by the Mongols, and which was
+known by the name of Cathay. Fuller information was obtained by
+another friar, named WILLIAM RUYSBROEK, or Rubruquis, a Fleming,
+who also visited Karakorum as an ambassador from St. Louis, and got
+back to Europe in 1255, and communicated some of his information to
+Roger Bacon. He says: "These Cathayans are little fellows, speaking
+much through the
+<a name="page_71"><span class="page">Page 71</span></a>
+nose, and, as is general with all those Eastern people, their eyes
+are very narrow.... The common money of Cathay consists of pieces
+of cotton paper; about a palm in length and breadth, upon which
+certain lines are printed, resembling the seal of Mangou Khan.
+They do their writing with a pencil such as painters paint with,
+and a single character of theirs comprehends several letters, so
+as to form a whole word." He also identifies these Cathayans with
+the Seres of the ancients. Ptolemy knew of these as possessing
+the land where the silk comes from, but he had also heard of the
+Sin&aelig;, and failed to identify the two. It has been conjectured
+that the name of China came to the West by the sea voyage, and is
+a Malay modification, while the names Seres and Cathayans came
+overland, and thus caused confusion.
+</p>
+
+<p class="indent">
+Other Franciscans followed these, and one of them, John of Montecorvino,
+settled at Khanbalig (imperial city), or Pekin, as Archbishop (ob.
+1358); while Friar Odoric of Pordenone, near Friuli, travelled in
+India and China between 1316 and 1330, and brought back an account
+of his voyage, filled with most marvellous mendacities, most of
+which were taken over bodily into the work attributed to Sir John
+Maundeville.
+</p>
+
+<p class="indent">
+The information brought back by these wandering friars fades, however,
+into insignificance before the extensive and accurate knowledge of
+almost the whole of Eastern Asia brought back to Europe by Marco
+Polo, a Venetian, who
+<a name="page_72"><span class="page">Page 72</span></a>
+spent eighteen years of his life in the East. His travels form
+an epoch in the history of geographical discovery only second to
+the voyages of Columbus.
+</p>
+
+<p class="indent">
+In 1260, two of his uncles, named Nicolo and Maffeo Polo, started
+from Constaninople on a trading venture to the Crimea, after which
+they were led to visit Bokhara, and thence on to the court of the
+Great Khan, Kublai, who received them very graciously, and being
+impressed with the desirability of introducing Western civilisation
+into the new Mongolian empire, he entrusted them with a message to
+the Pope, demanding one hundred wise men of the West to teach the
+Mongolians the Christian religion and Western arts. The two brothers
+returned to their native place, Venice, in 1269, but found no Pope
+to comply with the Great Khan's request; for Clement IV. had died
+the year before, and his successor had not yet been appointed. They
+waited about for a couple of years till Gregory X. was elected, but he
+only meagrely responded to the Great Khan's demands, and instructed
+two Dominicans to accompany the Polos, who on this occasion took
+with them their young nephew Marco, a lad of seventeen. They started
+in November 1271, but soon lost the company of the Dominicans,
+who lost heart and went back.
+</p>
+
+<p class="indent">
+They went first to Ormuz, at the mouth of the Persian Gulf, then
+struck northward through Khorasan Balkh to the Oxus, and thence
+on to the Plateau of Pomir. Thence they passed the Great Desert
+of Gobi, and at last reached
+<a name="page_73"><span class="page">Page 73</span></a>
+Kublai in May 1275, at his summer residence in Kaipingfu.
+Notwithstanding that they had not carried out his request, the
+Khan received them in a friendly manner, and was especially taken
+by Marco, whom he took into his own service; and quite recently a
+record has been found in the Chinese annals, stating that in the
+year 1277 a certain Polo was nominated a Second-Class Commissioner
+of the PrivyCouncil. His duty was to travel on various missions
+to Eastern Tibet, to Cochin China, and even to India. The Polos
+amassed much wealth owing to the Khan's favour, but found him very
+unwilling to let them return to Europe. Marco Polo held several
+important posts; for three years he was Governor of the great city
+of Yanchau, and it seemed likely that he would die in the service
+of Kublai Khan.
+</p>
+
+<p class="indent">
+But, owing to a fortunate chance, they were at last enabled to get
+back to Europe. The Khan of Persia desired to marry a princess of
+the Great Khan's family, to whom he was related, and as the young
+lady upon whom the choice fell could not be expected to undergo
+the hardships of the overland journey from China to Persia, it was
+decided to send her by sea round the coast of Asia. The Tatars
+were riot good navigators, and the Polos at last obtained permission
+to escort the young princess on the rather perilous voyage. They
+started in 1292, from Zayton, a port in Fokien, and after a voyage
+of over two years round the South coast of Asia, successfully carried
+the lady to her destined home, though she ultimately had to marry the
+<a name="page_74"><span class="page">Page 74</span></a>
+son instead of the father, who had died in the interim. They took
+leave of her, and travelled through Persia to their own place, which
+they reached in 1295. When they arrived at the ancestral mansion
+of the Polos, in their coarse dress of Tatar cut, their relatives
+for some time refused to believe that they were really the long-lost
+merchants. But the Polos invited them to a banquet, in which they
+dressed themselves all in their best, and put on new suits for
+every course, giving the clothes they had taken off to the servants.
+At the conclusion of the banquet they brought forth the shabby
+dresses in which they had first arrived, and taking sharp knives,
+began to rip up the seams, from which they took vast quantities of
+rubies, sapphires, carbuncles, diamonds, and emeralds, into which
+form they had converted most of their property. This exhibition
+naturally changed the character of the welcome they received from
+their relatives, who were then eager to learn how they had come
+by such riches.
+</p>
+
+<p class="indent">
+In describing the wealth of the Great Khan, Marco Polo, who was
+the chief spokesman of the party, was obliged to use the numeral
+"million" to express the amount of his wealth and the number of
+the population over whom he ruled. This was regarded as part of
+the usual travellers' tales, and Marco Polo was generally known
+by his friends as "Messer Marco Millione."
+</p>
+
+<p class="indent">
+Such a reception of his stories was no great encouragement to Marco
+to tell the tale of his remarkable travels, but in the year of his
+<a name="page_75"><span class="page">Page 75</span></a>
+arrival at Venice a war broke out between Genoa and the Queen of
+the Adriatic, in which Marco Polo was captured and cast into prison
+at Genoa. There he found as a fellow-prisoner one Rusticano of Pisa,
+a man of some learning and a sort of predecessor of Sir Thomas
+Malory, since he had devoted much time to re-writing, in prose,
+abstracts of the many romances relating to the Round Table. These
+he wrote, not in Italian (which can scarcely be said to have existed
+for literary purposes in those days), but in French, the common
+language of chivalry throughout Western Europe. While in prison
+with Marco Polo, he took down in French the narrative of the great
+traveller, and thus preserved it for all time. Marco Polo was released
+in 1299, and returned to Venice, where he died some time after 9th
+January 1334, the date of his will.
+</p>
+
+<p class="indent">
+Of the travels thus detailed in Marco Polo's book, and of their
+importance and significance in the history of geographical discovery,
+it is impossible to give any adequate account in this place. It
+will, perhaps, suffice if we give the summary of his claims made
+out by Colonel Sir Henry Yule, whose edition of his travels is
+one of the great monuments of English learning:&mdash;
+</p>
+
+<p class="indent">
+"He was the first traveller to trace a route across the whole longitude
+of Asia, naming and describing kingdom after kingdom which he had
+seen with his own eyes: the deserts of Persia, the flowering plateaux
+and wild gorges of Badakhshan, the jade-bearing rivers of Khotan,
+the Mongolian Steppes, cradle of the power that had so
+<a name="page_76"><span class="page">Page 76</span></a>
+lately threatened to swallow up Christendom, the new and brilliant
+court that had been established by Cambaluc; the first traveller
+to reveal China in all its wealth and vastness, its mighty rivers,
+its huge cities, its rich manufactures, its swarming population,
+the inconceivably vast fleets that quickened its seas and its inland
+waters; to tell us of the nations on its borders, with all their
+eccentricities of manners and worship; of Tibet, with its sordid
+devotees; of Burma, with its golden pagodas and their tinkling
+crowns; of Laos, of Siam, of Cochin China, of Japan, the Eastern
+Thule, with its rosy pearls and golden-roofed palaces; the first
+to speak of that museum of beauty and wonder, still so imperfectly
+ransacked, the Indian Archipelago, source of those aromatics then
+so highly prized, and whose origin was so dark; of Java, the pearl
+of islands; of Sumatra, with its many kings, its strange costly
+products, and its cannibal races; of the naked savages of Nicobar
+and Andaman; of Ceylon, the island of gems, with its sacred mountain,
+and its tomb of Adam; of India the Great, not as a dreamland of
+Alexandrian fables, but as a country seen and personally explored,
+with its virtuous Brahmans, its obscene ascetics, its diamonds,
+and the strange tales of their acquisition, its sea-beds of pearl,
+and its powerful sun: the first in medi&aelig;val times to give any
+distinct account of the secluded Christian empire of Abyssinia,
+and the semi-Christian island of Socotra; to speak, though indeed
+dimly, of Zanzibar, with its negroes and its ivory, and of the
+vast and distant Madagascar, bordering on the dark ocean of the
+South, with its Ruc and other monstrosities, and, in a remotely
+opposite region, of Siberia and the Arctic Ocean, of dog-sledges,
+white bears, and reindeer-riding Tunguses."
+</p>
+
+<p class="indent">
+Marco Polo's is thus one of the greatest names in the history of
+geography; it may, indeed, be doubted whether any other traveller
+has ever added so extensively to our detailed knowledge of the
+earth's surface. Certainly up to the time of Mr. Stanley no man
+had on land
+<a name="page_77"><span class="page">Page 77</span></a>
+visited so many places previously unknown to civilised Europe.
+But the lands he discovered, though already fully populated, were
+soon to fall into disorder, and to be closed to any civilising
+
+<span style="float: left; width: 100%; text-align: center;">
+<span style="margin: 8px; width: 473px;
+ font-size: smaller; text-align: center;">
+<img src="images/fig010.jpg" width="474" height="457" alt="Fig. 10">
+<br />
+FRA MAURO'S MAP, 1457.
+</span>
+</span>
+
+influences. Nothing for a long time followed from these discoveries,
+and indeed almost up to the present day his accounts were received
+with incredulity, and he himself was
+<a name="page_78"><span class="page">Page 78</span></a>
+regarded more as "Marco Millione" than as Marco Polo.
+</p>
+
+<p class="indent">
+Extensive as were Marco Polo's travels, they were yet exceeded in
+extent, though not in variety, by those of the greatest of Arabian
+travellers, Mohammed Ibn Batuta, a native of Tangier, who began his
+travels in 1334, as part of the ordinary duty of a good Mohammedan
+to visit the holy city of Mecca. While at Alexandria he met a learned
+sage named Borhan Eddin, to whom he expressed his desire to travel.
+Borhan said to him, "You must then visit my brother Farid Iddin and
+my brother Rokn Eddin in Scindia, and my brother Borhan Eddin in
+China. When you see them, present my compliments to them." Owing
+mainly to the fact that the Tatar princes had adopted Islamism
+instead of Christianity, after the failure of Gregory X. to send
+Christian teachers to China, Ibn Batuta was ultimately enabled to
+greet all three brothers of Borhan Eddin. Indeed, he performed
+a more extraordinary exploit, for he was enabled to convey the
+greetings of the Sheikh Kawan Eddin, whom he met in China, to a
+relative of his residing in the Soudan. During the thirty years
+of his travels he visited the Holy Land, Armenia, the Crimea,
+Constantinople (which he visited in company with a Greek princess,
+who married one of the Tatar Khans), Bokhara, Afghanistan, and
+Delhi. Here he found favour with the emperor Mohammed Inghlak,
+who appointed him a judge, and sent him on an embassy to China,
+at first overland, but, as this
+<a name="page_79"><span class="page">Page 79</span></a>
+was found too dangerous a route, he went ultimately from Calicut,
+via Ceylon, the Maldives, and Sumatra, to Zaitun, then the great
+port of China. Civil war having broken out, he returned by the
+same route to Calicut, but dared not face the emperor, and went
+on to Ormuz and Mecca, and returned to Tangier in 1349. But even
+then his taste for travel had not been exhausted. He soon set out
+for Spain, and worked his way through Morocco, across the Sahara,
+to the Soudan. He travelled along the Niger (which he took for
+the Nile), and visited Timbuctoo. He ultimately returned to Fez
+in 1353, twenty-eight years after he had set out on his travels.
+Their chief interest is in showing the wide extent of Islam in his
+day, and the facilities which a common creed gave for extensive
+travel. But the account of his journeys was written in Arabic,
+and had no influence on European knowledge, which, indeed, had
+little to learn from him after Marco Polo, except with regard to
+the Soudan. With him the history of medi&aelig;val geography may
+be fairly said to end, for within eighty years of his death began
+the activity of Prince Henry the Navigator, with whom the modern
+epoch begins.
+</p>
+
+<p class="indent">
+Meanwhile India had become somewhat better known, chiefly by the
+travels of wandering friars, who visited it mainly for the sake of
+the shrine of St. Thomas, who was supposed to have been martyred
+in India. Mention should also be made of the early spread of the
+Nestorian Church throughout Central Asia. As early as the seventh
+<a name="page_80"><span class="page">Page 80</span></a>
+century the Syrian Christians who followed the views of Nestorius began
+spreading them eastward, founding sees in Persia and Turkestan, and
+ultimately spreading as far as Pekin. There was a certain revival of
+their missionary activity under the Mongol Khans, but the restricted
+nature of the language in which their reports were written prevented
+them from having any effect upon geographical knowledge, except in
+one particular, which is of some interest. The fate of the Lost
+Ten Tribes of Israel has always excited interest, and a legend arose
+that they had been converted to Christianity, and existed somewhere
+in the East under a king who was also a priest, and known as Prester
+John. Now, in the reports brought by some of the Nestorian priests
+westward, it was stated that one of the Mongol princes named Ung Khan
+had adopted Christianity, and as this in Syriac sounded something
+like "John the Cohen," or "Priest," he was identified with the Prester
+John of legend, and for a long time one of the objects of travel in
+the East was to discover this Christian kingdom. It was, however,
+later ascertained that there did exist such a Christian kingdom in
+Abyssinia, and as owing to the erroneous views of Ptolemy, followed
+by the Arabs, Abyssinia was considered to spread towards Farther
+India, the land of Prester John was identified in Abyssinia. We
+shall see later on how this error helped the progress of geographical
+discovery.
+</p>
+
+<p class="indent">
+The total addition of these medi&aelig;val travels
+<a name="page_81"><span class="page">Page 81</span></a>
+to geographical knowledge consisted mainly in the addition of a
+wider extent of land in China, and the archipelago of Japan, or
+Cipangu, to the map of the world. The accompanying map displays
+the various travels and voyages of importance, and will enable
+the reader to understand how students of geography, who added on
+to Ptolemy's estimate of the extent of the world east and west the
+new knowledge acquired by Marco Polo, would still further decrease
+the distance westward between Europe and Cipangu, and thus prepare
+men for the voyage of Columbus.
+</p>
+
+<p class="authority">
+[<i>Authorities:</i> Sir Henry Yule, <i>Cathay and the Way Thither</i>,
+1865; <i>The Book of Ser Marco Polo</i>, 1875.]
+</p>
+
+<h2>
+<a name="page_82"><span class="page">Page 82</span></a>
+CHAPTER V
+</h2>
+
+<p class="subtitle">
+ROADS AND COMMERCE
+</p>
+
+<p class="indent">
+We have now conducted the course of our inquiries through ancient
+times and the Middle Ages up to the very eve of the great discoveries
+of the fifteenth and sixteenth centuries, and we have roughly indicated
+what men had learned about the earth during that long period, and,
+how they learned it. But it still remains to consider by what means
+they arrived at their knowledge, and why they sought for it. To some
+extent we may have answered the latter question when dealing with
+the progress of conquest, but men did not conquer merely for the
+sake of conquest. We have still to consider the material advantages
+attaching to warfare. Again when men go on their wars of discovery,
+they have to progress, for the most part, along paths already beaten
+for them by the natives of the country they intend to conquer; and
+often when they have succeeded in warfare, they have to consolidate
+their rule by creating new and more appropriate means of communication.
+To put it shortly, we have still to discuss the roads of the ancient
+and medi&aelig;val worlds, and the commerce for which those roads
+were mainly used.
+</p>
+
+<p class="indent">
+<a name="page_83"><span class="page">Page 83</span></a>
+A road may be, for our purposes, most readily defined as the most
+convenient means of communication between two towns; and this logically
+implies that the towns existed before the roads were made; and in a
+fuller investigation of any particular roads, it will be necessary
+to start by investigating why men collect their dwellings at certain
+definite spots. In the beginning, assemblies of men were made chiefly
+or altogether for defensive purposes, and the earliest towns were
+those which, from their natural position, like Athens or Jerusalem,
+could be most easily defended. Then, again, religious motives often
+had their influence in early times, and towns would grow round
+temples or cloisters. But soon considerations of easy accessibility
+rule in the choice of settlements, and for that purpose towns on
+rivers, especially at fords of rivers, as Westminster, or in
+well-protected harbours like Naples, or in the centre of a district,
+as Nuremberg or Vienna, would form the most convenient places of
+meeting for exchange of goods. Both on a river, or on the sea-shore,
+the best means of communication would be by ships or boats; but
+once such towns had been established, it would be necessary to
+connect them with one another by land routes, and these would be
+determined chiefly by the lie of the land. Where mountains interfered,
+a large detour would have to be made&mdash;as, for example, round
+the Pyrenees; if rivers intervened, fords would have to be sought
+for, and a new town probably built at the most convenient place
+of passage.
+<a name="page_84"><span class="page">Page 84</span></a>
+When once a recognised way had been found between any two places,
+the conservative instincts of man would keep it in existence, even
+though a better route were afterwards found.
+</p>
+
+<p class="indent">
+The influence of water communication is of paramount importance
+in determining the situation of towns in early times. Towns in
+the corners of bays, like Archangel, Riga, Venice, Genoa, Naples,
+Tunis, Bassorah, Calcutta, would naturally be the centre-points
+of the trade of the bay. On rivers a suitable spot would be where
+the tides ended, like London, or at conspicuous bends of a stream,
+or at junctures with affluents, as Coblentz or Khartoum. One nearly
+always finds important towns at the two ends of a peninsula, like
+Hamburg and Lubeck, Venice and Genoa; though for naval purposes
+it is desirable to have a station at the head of the peninsula,
+to command both arms of the sea, as at Cherbourg, Sevastopol, or
+Gibraltar. Roads would then easily be formed across the base of
+the peninsula, and to its extreme point.
+</p>
+
+<p class="indent">
+At first the inhabitants of any single town would regard those
+of all others as their enemies, but after a time they would find
+it convenient to exchange some of their superfluities for those
+of their neighbours, and in this way trade would begin. Markets
+would become neutral ground, in which mutual animosities would
+be, for a time, laid aside for the common advantage; and it would
+often happen that localities on the border line of two states would
+be chosen
+<a name="page_85"><span class="page">Page 85</span></a>
+as places for the exchange of goods, ultimately giving rise to the
+existence of a fresh town. As commercial intercourse increased,
+the very inaccessibility of fortress towns on the heights would
+cause them to be neglected for settlements in the valleys or by
+the river sides, and, as a rule, roads pick out valleys or level
+ground for their natural course. For military purposes, however,
+it would sometimes be necessary to depart from the valley routes,
+and, as we shall see, the Roman roads paid no regard to these
+requirements.
+</p>
+
+<p class="indent">
+The earliest communication between nations, as we have seen, was that
+of the Ph&oelig;nicians by sea. They founded factories, or neutral
+grounds for trade, at appropriate spots all along the Mediterranean
+coasts, and the Greeks soon followed their example in the &AElig;gean
+and Black Seas. But at an early date, as we know from the Bible,
+caravan routes were established between Egypt, Syria, and Mesopotamia,
+and later on these were extended into Farther Asia. But in Europe
+the great road-builders were the Romans. Rome owed its importance
+in the ancient world to its central position, at first in Italy,
+and then in the whole of the Mediterranean. It combined almost
+all the advantages necessary for a town: it was in the bend of
+a river, yet accessible from the sea; its natural hills made it
+easily defensible, as Hannibal found to his cost; while its central
+position in the Latian Plain made it the natural resort of all
+the Latin traders. The Romans soon found it necessary to utilise
+their central
+<a name="page_86"><span class="page">Page 86</span></a>
+position by rendering themselves accessible to the rest of Italy,
+and they commenced building those marvellous roads, which in most
+cases have remained, owing to their solid construction. "Building"
+is the proper word to use, for a Roman road is really a broad wall
+built in a deep ditch so as to come up above the level of the surface.
+Scarcely any amount of traffic could wear this solid substructure
+away, and to this day throughout Europe traces can be found of
+the Roman roads built nearly two thousand years ago. As the Roman
+Empire extended, these roads formed one of the chief means by which
+the lords of the world were enabled to preserve their conquests.
+By placing a legion in a central spot, where many of these roads
+converged, they were enabled to strike quickly in any direction
+and overawe the country. Stations were naturally built along these
+roads, and to the present day many of the chief highways of Europe
+follow the course of the old Roman roads. Our modern civilisation
+is in a large measure the outcome of this network of roads, and
+we can distinctly trace a difference in the culture of a nation
+where such roads never existed&mdash;as in Russia and Hungary,
+as contrasted with the west of Europe, where they formed the best
+means of communication. It was only in the neighbourhood of these
+highways that the fullest information was obtained of the position
+of towns, and the divisions of peoples; and a sketch map like the
+one already given, of the chief Roman roads of antiquity, gives
+also, as it were, a skeleton
+<a name="page_87"><span class="page">Page 87</span></a>
+of the geographical knowledge summed up in the great work of Ptolemy.
+</p>
+
+<p class="indent">
+But of more importance for the future development of geographical
+knowledge were the great caravan routes of Asia, to which we must
+now turn our attention. Asia is the continent of plateaux which
+culminate in the Steppes of the Pamirs, appropriately called by
+their inhabitants "the Roof of the World." To the east of these,
+four great mountain ranges run, roughly, along the parallels of
+latitude&mdash;the Himalayas to the south, the Kuen-Iun, Thian
+Shan, and Altai to the north. Between the Himalayas and the Kuen-lun
+is the great Plateau of Tibet, which runs into a sort of cul-de-sac
+at its western end in Kashmir. Between the Kuen-lun and the Thian
+Shan we have the Gobi Steppe of Mongolia, running west of Kashgar
+and Yarkand; while between the Thian Shan and the Altai we have
+the great Kirghiz Steppe. It is clear that only two routes are
+possible between Eastern and Western Asia: that between the Kuen-lun
+and the Thian Shan via Kashgar and Bokhara, and that south of the
+Altai, skirting the north of the great lakes Balkash, Aral, and
+Caspian, to the south of Russia. The former would lead to Bassorah
+or Ormuz, and thence by sea, or overland, round Arabia to Alexandria;
+the latter and longer route would reach Europe via Constantinople.
+Communication between Southern Asia and Europe would mainly be
+by sea, along the coast of the Indies, taking advantage of the
+monsoons from Ceylon to Aden, and then by the Red Sea. Alexandria,
+<a name="page_88"><span class="page">Page 88</span></a>
+Bassorah, and Ormuz would thus naturally be the chief centres of Eastern
+trade, while communication with the Mongols or with China would go
+along the two routes above mentioned, which appear to have existed
+during all historic time. It was by these latter routes that the
+Polos and the other medi&aelig;val travellers to Cathay reached
+that far-distant country. But, as we know from Marco Polo's travels,
+China could also be reached by the sea voyage; and for all practical
+purposes, in the late Middle Ages, when the Mongol empire broke
+up, and traffic through mid Asia was not secure, communication
+with the East was via Alexandria.
+</p>
+
+<p class="indent">
+Now it is important for our present inquiry to realise how largely
+Europe after the Crusades was dependent on the East for most of the
+luxuries of life. Nothing produced by the looms of Europe could
+equal the silk of China, the calico of India, the muslin of Mussul.
+The chief gems which decorated the crowns of kings and nobles,
+the emerald, the topaz, the ruby, the diamond, all came from the
+East&mdash;mainly from India. The whole of medi&aelig;val medical
+science was derived from the Arabs, who sought most of their drugs
+from Arabia or India. Even for the incense which burned upon the
+innumerable altars of Roman Catholic Europe, merchants had to seek
+the materials in the Levant. For many of the more refined handicrafts,
+artists had to seek their best material from Eastern traders: such
+as shellac for varnish, or mastic for artists' colours (gamboge
+from Cambodia, ultramarine from lapis lazuli);
+<a name="page_89"><span class="page">Page 89</span></a>
+while it was often necessary, under medi&aelig;val circumstances,
+to have resort to the musk or opopanax of the East to counteract
+the odours resulting from the bad sanitary habits of the West.
+But above all, for the condiments which were almost necessary for
+health, and certainly desirable for seasoning the salted food of
+winter and the salted fish of Lent. Europeans were dependent upon the
+spices of the Asiatic islands. In Hakluyt's great work on "English
+Voyages and Navigations," he gives in his second volume a list,
+written out by an Aleppo merchant, William Barrett, in 1584, of
+the places whence the chief staples of the Eastern trade came, and
+it will be interesting to give a selection from his long account.
+</p>
+
+<p class="bquote">
+Cloves from Maluco, Tarenate, Amboyna, by way of Java.<br>
+Nutmegs from Banda.<br>
+Maces from Banda, Java, and Malacca.<br>
+Pepper Common from Malabar.<br>
+Sinnamon from Seilan (Ceylon).<br>
+Spicknard from Zindi (Scinde) and Lahor.<br>
+Ginger Sorattin from Sorat (Surat) within Cambaia (Bay of Bengal).<br>
+Corall of Levant from Malabar.<br>
+Sal Ammoniacke from Zindi and Cambaia.<br>
+Camphora from Brimeo (Borneo) near to China.<br>
+Myrrha from Arabia Felix.<br>
+Borazo (Borax) from Cambaia and Lahor.<br>
+Ruvia to die withall, from Chalangi.<br>
+Allumme di Rocca (Rock Alum) from China and Constantinople.<br>
+Oppopanax from Persia.<br>
+Lignum Aloes from Cochin, China, and Malacca.<br>
+Laccha (Shell-lac) from Pegu and Balaguate.<br>
+Agaricum from Alemannia.
+<a name="page_90"><span class="page">Page 90</span></a>
+Bdellium from Arabia Felix.<br>
+Tamarinda from Balsara (Bassorah).<br>
+Safran (Saffron) from Balsara and Persia.<br>
+Thus from Secutra (Socotra).<br>
+Nux Vomica from Malabar.<br>
+Sanguis Draconis (Dragon's Blood) from Secutra.<br>
+Musk from Tartarie by way of China.<br>
+Indico (Indigo) from Zindi and Cambaia.<br>
+Silkes Fine from China.<br>
+Castorium (Castor Oil) from Almania.<br>
+Masticke from Sio.<br>
+Oppium from Pugia (Pegu) and Cambaia.<br>
+Dates from Arabia Felix and Alexandria.<br>
+Sena from Mecca.<br>
+Gumme Arabicke from Zaffo (Jaffa).<br>
+Ladanum (Laudanum) from Cyprus and Candia.<br>
+Lapis Lazzudis from Persia.<br>
+Auripigmentum (Gold Paint) from many places of Turkey.<br>
+Rubarbe from Persia and China.
+</p>
+
+<p class="indent">
+These are only a few selections from Barrett's list, but will
+sufficiently indicate what a large number of household luxuries,
+and even necessities, were derived from Asia in the Middle Ages.
+The Arabs had practically the monopoly of this trade, and as Europe
+had scarcely anything to offer in exchange except its gold and
+silver coins, there was a continuous drain of the precious metals
+from West to East, rendering the Sultans and Caliphs continuously
+richer, and culminating in the splendours of Solomon the Magnificent.
+Alexandria was practically the centre of all this trade, and most
+of the nations of Europe found it necessary to establish factories
+in that city, to safeguard the interests of their merchants, who
+all sought for Eastern luxuries in its port
+<a name="page_91"><span class="page">Page 91</span></a>
+Benjamin of Tudela, a Jew, who visited it about 1172, gives the
+following description of it:&mdash;
+</p>
+
+<p class="indent">
+"The city is very mercantile, and affords an excellent market to
+all nations. People from all Christian kingdoms resort to Alexandria,
+from Valencia, Tuscany, Lombardy, Apulia, Amalfi, Sicilia, Raguvia,
+Catalonia, Spain, Roussillon, Germany, Saxony, Denmark, England,
+Flandres, Hainault, Normandy, France, Poitou, Anjou, Burgundy,
+Mediana, Provence, Genoa, Pisa, Gascony, Arragon, and Navarre.
+From the West you meet Mohammedans from Andalusia, Algarve, Africa,
+and Arabia, as well as from the countries towards India, Savila,
+Abyssinia, Nubia, Yemen, Mesopotamia, and Syria, besides Greeks
+and Turks. From India they import all sorts of spices, which are
+bought by Christian merchants. The city is full of bustle, and
+every nation has its own fonteccho (or hostelry) there."
+</p>
+
+<p class="indent">
+Of all these nations, the Italians had the shortest voyage to make
+before reaching Alexandria, and the Eastern trade practically fell
+into their hands before the end of the thirteenth century. At first
+Amalfi and Pisa were the chief ports, and, as we have seen, it
+was at Amalfi that the mariner's compass was perfected; but soon
+the two maritime towns at the heads of the two seas surrounding
+Italy came to the front, owing to the advantages of their natural
+position. Genoa and Venice for a long time competed with one another
+for the monopoly of this trade, but the voyage from Venice was
+more direct, and after a time Genoa had to content itself with
+the trade with Constantinople and the northern overland route from
+China. From Venice the spices, the jewels, the perfumes, and stuffs
+of the East were transmitted
+<a name="page_92"><span class="page">Page 92</span></a>
+north through Augsburg and N&uuml;rnberg to Antwerp and Bruges and
+the Hanse Towns, receiving from them the gold they had gained by
+their fisheries and textile goods. England sent her wool to Italy,
+in order to tickle her palate and her nose with the condiments and
+perfumes of the East.
+</p>
+
+<p class="indent">
+The wealth and importance of Venice were due almost entirely to
+this monopoly of the lucrative Eastern trade. By the fifteenth
+century she had extended her dominions all along the lower valley
+of the Po, into Dalmatia, parts of the Morea, and in Crete, till
+at last, in 1489, she obtained possession of Cyprus, and thus had
+stations all the way from Aleppo or Alexandria to the north of
+the Adriatic. But just as she seemed to have reached the height
+of her prosperity&mdash;when the Aldi were the chief printers in
+Europe, and the Bellini were starting the great Venetian school
+of painting&mdash;a formidable rival came to the front, who had
+been slowly preparing a novel method of competition in the Eastern
+trade for nearly the whole of the fifteenth century. With that
+method begins the great epoch of modern geographical discovery.
+</p>
+
+<p class="authority">
+[<i>Authorities:</i> Heyd, <i>Commerce du Levant</i>, 2 vols., 1878.]
+</p>
+
+<h2>
+<a name="page_93"><span class="page">Page 93</span></a>
+CHAPTER VI
+</h2>
+
+<p class="subtitle">
+TO THE INDIES EASTWARD&mdash;PRINCE HENRY AND VASCO DA GAMA
+</p>
+
+<p class="indent">
+Up to the fifteenth century the inhabitants of the Iberian Peninsula
+were chiefly occupied in slowly moving back the tide of Mohammedan
+conquest, which had spread nearly throughout the country from 711
+onwards. The last sigh of the Moor in Spain was to be uttered in
+1492&mdash;an epoch-making year, both in history and in geography.
+But Portugal, the western side of the peninsula, had got rid of
+her Moors at a much earlier date&mdash;more that 200 years
+before&mdash;though she found it difficult to preserve her independence
+from the neighbouring kingdom of Castile. The attempt of King Juan
+of Castile to conquer the country was repelled by Jo&atilde;o,
+a natural son of the preceding king of Portugal, and in 1385 he
+became king, and freed Portugal from any danger on the side of
+Castile by his victory at Aljubarrota. He married Philippa, daughter
+of John of Gaunt; and his third son, Henry, was destined to be the
+means of revolutionising men's views of the inhabited globe. He first
+showed his mettle in the capture of Ceuta, opposite Gibraltar, at
+<a name="page_94"><span class="page">Page 94</span></a>
+the time of the battle of Agincourt, 1415, and by this means he
+first planted the Portuguese banner on the Moorish coast. This
+contact with the Moors may possibly have first suggested to Prince
+Henry the idea of planting similar factory-fortresses among the
+Mussulmans of India; but, whatever the cause, he began, from about
+the year 1418, to devote all his thoughts and attention to the
+possibility of reaching India otherwise than through the known routes,
+and for that purpose established himself on the rocky promontory of
+Sagres, almost the most western spot on the continent of Europe.
+</p>
+
+<p class="indent">
+Here he established an observatory, and a seminary for the training of
+theoretical and practical navigators. He summoned thither astronomers
+and cartographers and skilled seamen, while he caused stouter and
+larger vessels to be built for the express purpose of exploration.
+He perfected the astrolabe (the clumsy predecessor of the modern
+sextant) by which the latitude could be with some accuracy determined;
+and he equipped all his ships with the compass, by which their
+steering was entirely determined. He brought from Majorca (which,
+as we have seen, was the centre of practical map-making in the
+fourteenth century) one Mestre Jacme, "a man very skilful in the
+art of navigation, and in the making of maps and instruments."
+With his aid, and doubtless that of others, he set himself to study
+the problem of the possibility of a sea voyage to India round the
+coast of Africa.
+</p>
+
+<div style="width: 100%; text-align: center;">
+<span style="margin: 8px; width: 451px;
+ font-size: smaller; text-align: center;">
+<img src="images/fig011.jpg" width="446" height="753" alt="Fig. 11">
+<br />
+PROGRESS OF PORTUGUESE DISCOVERY
+</span>
+</div>
+
+<p class="indent">
+We have seen that Ptolemy, with true scientific
+<a name="page_96"><span class="page">Page 96</span></a>
+caution, had left undefined the extent of Africa to the south;
+but Eratosthenes and many of the Roman geographers, even after
+Ptolemy, were not content with this agnosticism, but boldly assumed
+that the coast of Africa made a semicircular sweep from the right
+horn of Africa, just south of the Red Sea, with which they were
+acquainted, round to the north-western shore, near what we now
+term Morocco. If this were the fact, the voyage by the ocean along
+this sweep of shore would be even shorter than the voyage through
+the Mediterranean and Red Seas, while of course there would be no
+need for disembarking at the Isthmus of Suez. The writers who thus
+curtailed Africa of its true proportions assumed another continent
+south of it, which, however, was in the torrid zone, and completely
+uninhabitable.
+</p>
+
+<p class="indent">
+Now the north-west coast of Africa was known in Prince Henry's
+days as far as Cape Bojador. It would appear that Norman sailors
+had already advanced beyond Cape Non, or Nun, which was so called
+because it was supposed that nothing existed beyond it. Consequently
+the problems that Prince Henry had to solve were whether the coast of
+Africa trended sharply to the east after Cape Bojador, and whether
+the ideas of the ancients about the uninhabitability of the torrid
+zone were justified by fact. He attempted to solve these problems by
+sending out, year after year, expeditions down the north-west coast of
+Africa, each of which penetrated farther than its predecessor. Almost
+<a name="page_97"><span class="page">Page 97</span></a>
+at the beginning he was rewarded by the discovery, or re-discovery,
+of Madeira in 1420, by Jo&atilde;o Gonsalvez Zarco, one of the squires
+of his household. For some time he was content with occupying this
+and the neighbouring island of Porto Santo, which, however, was
+ruined by the rabbits let loose upon it. On Madeira vines from
+Burgundy were planted, and to this day form the chief industry
+of the island. In 1435 Cape Bojador was passed, and in 1441 Cape
+Branco discovered. Two years later Cape Verde was reached and passed
+by Nuno Trist&atilde;o, and for the first time there were signs that
+the African coast trended eastward. By this time Prince Henry's
+men had become familiar with the natives along the shore and no less
+than one thousand of them had been brought back and distributed
+among the Portuguese nobles as pages and attendants. In 1455 a
+Venetian, named Alvez Cadamosto, undertook a voyage still farther
+south for purposes of trade, the Prince supplying the capital, and
+covenanting for half profits on results. They reached the mouth
+of the Gambia, but found the natives hostile. Here for the first
+time European navigators lost sight of the pole-star and saw the
+brilliant constellation of the Southern Cross. The last discovery
+made during Prince Henry's life was that of the Cape Verde Islands,
+by one of his captains, Diogo Gomez, in 1460&mdash;the very year of
+his death. As the successive discoveries were made, they were jotted
+down by the Prince's cartographers on portulanos, and just before
+<a name="page_98"><span class="page">Page 98</span></a>
+his death the King of Portugal sent to a Venetian monk, Fra Mauro,
+details of all discoveries up to that time, to be recorded on a
+<i>mappa mundi</i>, a copy of which still exists
+(<a href="#page_77">p. 77</a>).
+</p>
+
+<p class="indent">
+The impulse thus given by Prince Henry's patient investigation of
+the African coast continued long after his death. In 1471 Fernando
+de Poo discovered the island which now bears his name, while in
+the same year Pedro d'Escobar crossed the equator. Wherever the
+Portuguese investigators landed they left marks of their presence,
+at first by erecting crosses, then by carving on trees Prince Henry's
+motto, "Talent de bien faire," and finally they adopted the method
+of erecting stone pillars, surmounted by a cross, and inscribed with
+the king's arms and name. These pillars were called <i>padraos</i>.
+In 1484, Diego Cam, a knight of the king's household, set up one of
+these pillars at the mouth of a large river, which he therefore
+called the Rio do Padrao; it was called by the natives the Zaire, and
+is now known as the River Congo. Diego Cam was, on this expedition,
+accompanied by Martin Behaim of N&uuml;rnberg, whose globe is celebrated
+in geographical history as the last record of the older views
+(<a href="#page_115">p. 115</a>).
+</p>
+
+<p class="indent">
+Meanwhile, from one of the envoys of the native kings who visited
+the Portuguese Court, information was received that far to the east
+of the countries hitherto discovered there was a great Christian
+king. This brought to mind the medi&aelig;val tradition of Prester
+John, and accordingly the Portuguese determined to make a double
+attempt, both by sea and by land, to
+<a name="page_99"><span class="page">Page 99</span></a>
+reach this monarch. By sea the king sent two vessels under the
+command of Bartholomew Diaz, while by land he despatched, in the
+following year, two men acquainted with Arabic, Pedro di Covilham
+and Affonso de Payba. Covilham reached Aden, and there took ship
+for Calicut, being the first Portuguese to sail the Indian Ocean.
+He then returned to Sofala, and obtained news of the Island of the
+Moon, now known as Madagascar. With this information he returned
+to Cairo, where he found ambassadors from Jo&atilde;o, two Jews,
+Abraham of Beja and Joseph of Lamejo. These he sent back with the
+information that ships that sailed down the coast of Guinea would
+surely reach the end of Africa, and when they arrived in the Eastern
+Ocean they should ask for Sofala and the Island of the Moon. Meanwhile
+Covilham returned to the Red Sea, and made his way into Abyssinia,
+where he married and settled down, transmitting from time to time
+information to Portugal which gave Europeans their first notions
+of Abyssinia.
+</p>
+
+<p class="indent">
+The voyage by land in search of Prester John had thus been completely
+successful, while, at the same time, information had been obtained
+giving certain hopes of the voyage by sea. This had, in its way,
+been almost as successful, for Diaz had rounded the cape now known
+as the Cape of Good Hope, but to which he proposed giving the title
+of Cabo Tormentoso, or "Stormy Cape." King Jo&atilde;o, however,
+recognising that Diaz's voyage had put the seal upon the expectations
+<a name="page_100"><span class="page">Page 100</span></a>
+with which Prince Henry had, seventy years before, started his
+series of explorations, gave it the more auspicious name by which
+it is now known.
+</p>
+
+<p class="indent">
+For some reason which has not been adequately explained, no further
+attempt was made for nearly ten years to carry out the final
+consummation of Prince Henry's plan by sending out another expedition.
+In the meantime, as we shall see, Columbus had left Portugal, after
+a mean attempt had been made by the king to carry out his novel
+plan of reaching India without his aid; and, as a just result,
+the discovery of a western voyage to the Indies (as it was then
+thought) had been successfully accomplished by Columbus, in the
+service of the Catholic monarchs of Spain, in 1492. This would
+naturally give pause to any attempt at reaching India by the more
+cumbersome route of coasting along Africa, which had turned out
+to be a longer process than Prince Henry had thought. Three years
+after Columbus's discovery King Jo&atilde;o died, and his son and
+successor Emmanuel did not take up the traditional Portuguese method
+of reaching India till the third year of his reign.
+</p>
+
+<p class="indent">
+By this time it had become clear, from Columbus's second voyage,
+that there were more difficulties in the way of reaching the Indies
+by his method than had been thought; and the year after his return
+from his second voyage in 1496, King Emmanuel determined on once
+more taking up the older method. He commissioned Vasco da Gama,
+a gentleman of his court, to attempt the eastward route to
+<a name="page_101"><span class="page">Page 101</span></a>
+India with three vessels, carrying in all about sixty men. Already
+by this time Columbus's bold venture into the unknown seas had
+encouraged similar boldness in others, and instead of coasting down
+the whole extent of the western coast of Africa, Da Gama steered
+direct for Cape Verde Islands, and thence out into the ocean, till
+he reached the Bay of St. Helena, a little to the north of the
+Cape of Good Hope.
+</p>
+
+<p class="indent">
+For a time he was baffled in his attempt to round the Cape by the
+strong south-easterly winds, which blow there continually during
+the summer season; but at last he commenced coasting along the
+eastern shores of Africa, and at every suitable spot he landed
+some of his sailors to make inquiries about Covilham and the court
+of Prester John. But in every case he found the ports inhabited
+by fanatical Moors, who, as soon as they discovered that their
+visitors were Christians, attempted to destroy them, and refused
+to supply them with pilots for the further voyage to India. This
+happened at Mozambique, at Quiloa, and at Mombasa, and it was not
+till he arrived at Melinda that he was enabled to obtain provisions
+and a pilot, Malemo Cana, an Indian of Guzerat, who was quite familiar
+with the voyage to Calicut. Under his guidance Gama's fleet went from
+Melinda to Calicut in twenty-three days. Here the Zamorin, or sea-king,
+displayed the same antipathy to his Christian visitors. The Mohammedan
+traders of the place recognised at once the dangerous rivalry
+<a name="page_102"><span class="page">Page 102</span></a>
+which the visit of the Portuguese implied, with their monopoly
+of the Eastern trade, and represented Gama and his followers as
+merely pirates. Vasco, however, by his firm behaviour, managed
+to evade the machinations of his trade rivals, and induced the
+Zamorin to regard favourably an alliance with the Portuguese king.
+Contenting himself with this result, he embarked again, and after
+visiting Melinda, the only friendly spot he had found on the east
+coast of Africa, he returned to Lisbon in September 1499, having
+spent no less than two years on the voyage. King Emmanuel received
+him with great favour, and appointed him Admiral of the Indies.
+</p>
+
+<p class="indent">
+The significance of Vasco da Gama's voyage was at once seen by the
+persons whose trade monopoly it threatened&mdash;the Venetians,
+and the Sultan of Egypt. Priuli, the Venetian chronicler, reports:
+"When this news reached Venice the whole city felt it greatly, and
+remained stupefied, and the wisest held it as the worst news that
+had ever arrived"&mdash;as indeed they might, for it prophesied
+the downfall of the Venetian Empire. The Sultan of Egypt was equally
+moved, for the greatest source of his riches was derived from the
+duty of five per cent. which he levied on all merchandise entering
+his dominions, and ten per cent. upon all goods exported from them.
+Hitherto there had been all manner of bickerings between Venice and
+Egypt, but this common danger brought them together. The Sultan
+represented to Venice the need of
+<a name="page_103"><span class="page">Page 103</span></a>
+common action in order to drive away the new commerce; but Egypt
+was without a navy, and had indeed no wood suitable for shipbuilding.
+The Venetians took the trouble to transmit wood to Cairo, which was
+then carried by camels to Suez, where a small fleet was prepared
+to attack the Portuguese on their next visit to the Indian Ocean.
+</p>
+
+<p class="indent">
+The Portuguese had in the meantime followed up Vasco da Gama's voyage
+with another attempt, which was, in its way, even more important. In
+1500 the king sent no less than thirteen ships under the command
+of Pedro Alvarez Cabral, with Franciscans to convert, and twelve
+hundred fighting men to overawe, the Moslems of the Indian Ocean. He
+determined on steering even a more westerly course than Vasco da Gama,
+and when he arrived in 17&deg; south of the line, he discovered land
+which he took possession of in the name of Portugal, and named Santa
+Cruz. The actual cross which he erected on this occasion is still
+preserved in Brazil, for Cabral had touched upon the land now known
+by that name. It is true that one of Columbus's companions, Pinzon,
+had already touched upon the coast of Brazil before Cabral, but it
+is evident from his experience that, even apart from Columbus, the
+Portuguese would have discovered the New World sooner or later. It
+is, however, to be observed that in stating this, as all historians
+do, they leave out of account the fact that, but for Columbus, sailors
+would still have continued the old course of coasting along
+<a name="page_104"><span class="page">Page 104</span></a>
+the shore, by which they would never have left the Old World. Cabral
+lost several of his ships and many of his men, and, though he brought
+home a rich cargo, was not regarded as successful, and Vasco da
+Gama was again sent out with a large fleet in 1502, with which
+he conquered the Zamorin of Calicut and obtained rich treasures.
+In subsidiary voyages the Portuguese navigators discovered the
+islands of St. Helena, Ascension, the Seychelles, Socotra, Tristan
+da Cunha, the Maldives, and Madagascar.
+</p>
+
+<p class="indent">
+Meanwhile King Emmanuel was adopting the Venetian method of
+colonisation, which consisted in sending a Vice-Doge to each of
+its colonies for a term of two years, during which his duty was to
+encourage trade and to collect tribute. In a similar way, Emmanuel
+appointed a Viceroy for his Eastern trade, and in 1505 Almeida
+had settled in Ceylon, with a view to monopolising the cinnamon
+trade of that place.
+</p>
+
+<div style="width: 100%; text-align: center;">
+<span style="margin: 8px; width: 757px;
+ font-size: smaller; text-align: center;">
+<img src="images/fig012.jpg" width="757" height="448" alt="Fig. 12">
+<br />
+PORTUGUESE INDIES
+</span>
+</div>
+
+<p class="indent">
+But the greatest of the Portuguese viceroys was Affonso de Albuquerque,
+who captured the important post of Goa, on the mainland of India,
+which still belongs to Portugal, and the port of Ormuz, which,
+we have seen, was one of the centres of the Eastern trade. Even
+more important was the capture of the Moluccas, or Spice Islands,
+which were discovered in 1511, after the Portuguese had seized
+Malacca. By 1521 the Portuguese had full possession of the Spice
+Islands, and thus held the trade of condiments entirely in their
+own hands. The
+<a name="page_106"><span class="page">Page 106</span></a>
+result was seen soon in the rise of prices in the European markets.
+Whereas at the end of the fifteenth century pepper, for instance,
+was about 17s. a pound, from 1521 and onwards its average price
+grew to be 25s., and so with almost all the ingredients by which
+food could be made more tasty. One of the circumstances, however,
+which threw the monopoly into the hands of the Portuguese was the
+seizure of Egypt in 1521 by the Turks under Selim I., which would
+naturally derange the course of trade from its old route through
+Alexandria. From the Moluccas easy access was found to China, and
+ultimately to Japan, so that the Portuguese for a time held in
+their hands the whole of the Eastern trade, on which Europe depended
+for most of its luxuries.
+</p>
+
+<p class="indent">
+As we shall see, the Portuguese only won by a neck&mdash;if we
+may use a sporting expression&mdash;in the race for the possession
+of the Spice Islands. In the very year they obtained possession
+of them, Magellan, on his way round the world, had reached the
+Philippines, within a few hundred miles of them, and his ship,
+the <i>Victoria</i>, actually sailed through them that year. In
+fact, 1521 is a critical year in the discovery of the world, for
+both the Spanish and Portuguese (the two nations who had attempted
+to reach the Indies eastward and westward) arrived at the goal of
+their desires, the Spice Islands, in that same year, while the
+closure of Egypt to commerce occurred opportunely to divert the
+trade into the hands of the Portuguese. Finally, the year 1521
+was signalised by the death of
+<a name="page_107"><span class="page">Page 107</span></a>
+King Emmanuel of Portugal, under whose auspices the work of Prince
+Henry the Navigator was completed.
+</p>
+
+<p class="indent">
+It must here be observed that we are again anticipating matters. As
+soon as the discovery of the New World was announced, the Pope was
+appealed to, to determine the relative shares of Spain and Portugal
+in the discoveries which would clearly follow upon Columbus's voyage.
+By his Bull, dated 4th May 1493, Alexander VI. granted all discoveries
+to the west to Spain, leaving it to be understood that all to the
+east belonged to Portugal. The line of demarcation was an imaginary
+one drawn from pole to pole, and passing one hundred leagues west
+of the Azores and Cape Verde Islands, which were supposed, in the
+inaccurate geography of the time, to be in the same meridian. In
+the following year the Portuguese monarch applied for a revision
+of the <i>raya</i>, as this would keep him out of all discovered
+in the New World altogether; and the line of demarcation was then
+shifted 270 leagues westward, or altogether 1110 miles west of the
+Cape Verdes. By a curious coincidence, within six years Cabral had
+discovered Brazil, which fell within the angle thus cut off by the
+<i>raya</i> from South America. Or was it entirely a coincidence?
+May not Cabral have been directed to take this unusually westward
+course in order to ascertain if any land fell within the Portuguese
+claims? When, however, the Spice Islands were discovered, it remained
+to be discussed whether the line
+<a name="page_108"><span class="page">Page 108</span></a>
+of demarcation, when continued on the other side of the globe,
+brought them within the Spanish or Portuguese "sphere of influence,"
+as we should say nowadays. By a curious chance they happened to be
+very near the line, and, with the inaccurate maps of the period,
+a pretty subject of quarrel was afforded between the Portuguese and
+Spanish commissioners who met at Badajos to determine the question.
+This was left undecided by the Junta, but by a family compact, in
+1529, Charles V. ceded to his brother-in-law, the King of Portugal,
+any rights he might have to the Moluccas, for the sum of 350,000
+gold ducats, while he himself retained the Philippines, which have
+been Spanish ever since.
+</p>
+
+<p class="indent">
+By this means the Indian Ocean became, for all trade purposes, a
+Portuguese lake throughout the sixteenth century, as will be seen
+from the preceding map, showing the trading stations of the Portuguese
+all along the shores of the ocean. But they only possessed their
+monopoly for fifty years, for in 1580 the Spanish and Portuguese
+crowns became united on the head of Philip II., and by the time
+Portugal recovered its independence, in 1640, serious rivals had
+arisen to compete with her and Spain for the monopoly of the Eastern
+trade.
+</p>
+
+<p class="authority">
+[<i>Authorities</i>: Major, <i>Prince Henry the Navigator</i>, 1869;
+Beazeley, <i>Prince Henry the Navigator</i>, 1895; F. Hummerich,
+<i>Vasco da Gama</i>, 1896.]
+</p>
+
+<h2>
+<a name="page_109"><span class="page">Page 109</span></a>
+CHAPTER VII
+</h2>
+
+<p class="subtitle">
+TO THE INDIES WESTWARD&mdash;THE SPANISH ROUTE&mdash;COLUMBUS AND
+MAGELLAN
+</p>
+
+<p class="indent">
+While the Portuguese had, with slow persistency, devoted nearly a
+century to carrying out Prince Henry's idea of reaching the Indies
+by the eastward route, a bold yet simple idea had seized upon a
+Genoese sailor, which was intended to achieve the same purpose by
+sailing westward. The ancients, as we have seen, had recognised
+the rotundity of the earth, and Eratosthenes had even recognised
+the possibility of reaching India by sailing westward. Certain
+traditions of the Greeks and the Irish had placed mysterious islands
+far out to the west in the Atlantic, and the great philosopher
+Plato had imagined a country named Atlantis, far out in the Indian
+Ocean, where men were provided with all the gifts of nature. These
+views of the ancients came once more to the attention of the learned,
+owing to the invention of printing and the revival of learning,
+when the Greek masterpieces began to be made accessible in Latin,
+chiefly by fugitive Greeks from Constantinople, which had been
+taken by the Turks in 1453. Ptolemy's geography was
+<a name="page_110"><span class="page">Page 110</span></a>
+printed at Rome in 1462, and with maps in 1478. But even without
+the maps the calculation which he had made of the length of the
+known world tended to shorten the distance between Portugal and
+Farther India by 2500 miles. Since his time the travels of Marco
+Polo had added to the knowledge of Europe the vast extent of Cathay
+and the distant islands of Zipangu (Japan), which would again reduce
+the distance by another 1500 miles. As the Greek geographers had
+somewhat under-estimated the whole circuit of the globe, it would
+thus seem that Zipangu was not more than 4000 miles to the west
+of Portugal. As the Azores were considered to be much farther off
+from the coast than they really were, it might easily seem, to an
+enthusiastic mind, that Farther India might be reached when 3000
+miles of the ocean had been traversed.
+</p>
+
+<div style="width: 100%; text-align: center;">
+<span style="margin: 8px; width: 638px;
+ font-size: smaller; text-align: center;">
+<img src="images/fig013.jpg" width="635" height="463" alt="Fig. 13">
+<br />
+TOSCANELLI'S MAP (<i>restored</i>)
+</span>
+</div>
+
+<p class="indent">
+This was the notion that seized the mind of Christopher Columbus,
+born at Genoa in 1446, of humble parentage, his father being a
+weaver. He seems to have obtained sufficient knowledge to enable
+him to study the works of the learned, and of the ancients in Latin
+translations. But in his early years he devoted his attention to
+obtaining a practical acquaintance with seamanship. In his day, as
+we have seen, Portugal was the centre of geographical knowledge,
+and he and his brother Bartolomeo, after many voyages north and
+south, settled at last in Lisbon&mdash;his brother as a map-maker,
+and himself as a practical seaman. This was about the year 1473,
+and shortly afterwards he married
+<a name="page_112"><span class="page">Page 112</span></a>
+Felipa Mo&ntilde;iz, daughter of Bartolomeo Perestrello, an Italian
+in the service of the King of Portugal, and for some time Governor
+of Madeira.
+</p>
+
+<p class="indent">
+Now it chanced just at this time that there was a rumour in Portugal
+that a certain Italian philosopher, named Toscanelli, had put forth
+views as to the possibility of a westward voyage to Cathay, or
+China, and the Portuguese king had, through a monk named Martinez,
+applied to Toscanelli to know his views, which were given in a letter
+dated 25th June 1474. It would appear that, quite independently,
+Columbus had heard the rumour, and applied to Toscanelli, for in
+the latter's reply he, like a good business man, shortened his
+answer by giving a copy of the letter he had recently written to
+Martinez. What was more important and more useful, Toscanelli sent
+a map showing in hours (or degrees) the probable distance between
+Spain and Cathay westward. By adding the information given by Marco
+Polo to the incorrect views of Ptolemy about the breadth of the
+inhabited world, Toscanelli reduced the distance from the Azores to
+52&deg;, or 3120 miles. Columbus always expressed his indebtedness
+to Toscanelli's map for his guidance, and, as we shall see, depended
+upon it very closely, both in steering, and in estimating the distance
+to be traversed. Unfortunately this map has been lost, but from
+a list of geographical positions, with latitude and longitude,
+founded upon it, modern geographers have been able to restore it
+in some detail, and a simplified
+<a name="page_113"><span class="page">Page 113</span></a>
+sketch of it may be here inserted, as perhaps the most important
+document in Columbus's career.
+</p>
+
+<p class="indent">
+Certainly, whether he had the idea of reaching the Indies by a
+westward voyage before or not, he adopted Toscanelli's views with
+enthusiasm, and devoted his whole life henceforth to trying to
+carry them into operation.
+</p>
+
+<p class="indent">
+He gathered together all the information he could get about the
+fabled islands of the Atlantic&mdash;the Island of St. Brandan, where
+that Irish saint found happy mortals; and the Island of Antilla,
+imagined by others, with its seven cities. He gathered together all
+the gossip he could hear&mdash;of mysterious corpses cast ashore
+on the Canaries, and resembling no race of men known to Europe;
+of huge canes, found on the shores of the same islands, evidently
+carved by man's skill. Curiously enough, these pieces of evidence
+were logically rather against the existence of a westward route to
+the Indies than not, since they indicated an unknown race, but,
+to an enthusiastic mind like Columbus's, anything helped to confirm
+him in his fixed idea, and besides, he could always reply that
+these material signs were from the unknown island of Zipangu, which
+Marco Polo had described as at some distance from the shores of
+Cathay.
+</p>
+
+<p class="indent">
+He first approached, as was natural, the King of Portugal, in whose
+land he was living, and whose traditional policy was directed to
+maritime exploration. But the Portuguese had for half a century been
+pursuing another method of reaching India, and were not inclined to
+<a name="page_114"><span class="page">Page 114</span></a>
+take up the novel idea of a stranger, which would traverse their
+long-continued policy of coasting down Africa. A hearing, however,
+was given to him, but the report was unfavourable, and Columbus had
+to turn his eyes elsewhere. There is a tradition that the Portuguese
+monarch and his advisers thought rather more of Columbus's ideas
+at first; and attempted secretly to put them into execution; but
+the pilot to whom they entrusted the proposed voyage lost heart
+as soon as he lost sight of land, and returned with an adverse
+verdict on the scheme. It is not known whether Columbus heard of
+this mean attempt to forestall him, but we find him in 1487 being
+assisted by the Spanish Court, and from that time for the next
+five years he was occupied in attempting to induce the Catholic
+monarchs of Spain, Ferdinand and Isabella, to allow him to try his
+novel plan of reaching the Indies. The final operations in expelling
+the Moors from Spain just then engrossed all their attention and
+all their capital, and Columbus was reduced to despair, and was
+about to give up all hopes of succeeding in Spain, when one of
+the great financiers, a converted Jew named Luis de Santaguel,
+offered to find means for the voyage, and Columbus was recalled.
+</p>
+
+<div style="width: 100%; text-align: center;">
+<span style="margin: 8px; width: 766px;
+ font-size: smaller; text-align: center;">
+<a name="page_115">
+<img src="images/fig014.jpg" width="764" height="446" alt="Fig. 14">
+<br />
+BEHAIM'S GLOBE. 1492.
+</a>
+</span>
+</div>
+
+<p class="indent">
+On the 19th April 1492 articles were signed, by which Columbus
+received from the Spanish monarchs the titles of Admiral and Viceroy
+of all the lands he might discover, as well as one-tenth of all
+the tribute to be derived from them; and on Friday the 3rd August,
+<a name="page_116"><span class="page">Page 116</span></a>
+of the same year, he set sail in three vessels, entitled the <i>Santa
+Maria</i> (the flagship), the <i>Pinta</i>, and the <i>Nina</i>.
+He started from the port of Palos, first for the Canary Islands.
+These he left on the 6th September, and steered due west. On the
+13th of that month, Columbus observed that the needle of the compass
+pointed due north, and thus drew attention to the variability of
+the compass. By the 21st September his men became mutinous and
+tried to force him to return. He induced them to continue, and
+four days afterwards the cry of "Land! land!" was heard, which
+kept up their spirits for several days, till, on the 1st October,
+large numbers of birds were seen. By that time Columbus had reckoned
+that he had gone some 710 leagues from the Canaries, and if Zipangu
+were in the position that Tostanelli's map gave it, he ought to
+have been in its neighbourhood. It was reckoned in those days that
+a ship on an average could make four knots an hour, dead reckoning,
+which would give about 100 miles a day, so that Columbus might
+reckon on passing over the 3100 miles which he thought intervened
+between the Azores and Japan in about thirty-three days. All through
+the early days of October his courage was kept up by various signs
+of the nearness of land&mdash;birds and branches&mdash;while on
+the 11th October, at sunset, they sounded, and found bottom; and
+at ten o'clock, Columbus, sitting in the stern of his vessel, saw
+a light, the first sure sign of land after thirty-five days, and
+in near enough
+<a name="page_117"><span class="page">Page 117</span></a>
+approximation to Columbus's reckoning to confirm him in the impression
+that he was approaching the mysterious land of Zipangu. Next morning
+they landed on an island, called by the natives Guanahain, and by
+Columbus San Salvador. This has been identified as Watling Island.
+His first inquiry was as to the origin of the little plates of gold
+which he saw in the ears of the natives. They replied that they
+came from the West&mdash;another confirmation of his impression.
+Steering westward, they arrived at Cuba, and afterwards at Hayti
+(St. Domingo). Here, however, the <i>Santa Maria</i> sank, and
+Columbus determined to return, to bring the good news, after leaving
+some of his men in a fort at Hayti. The return journey was made in
+the <i>Nina</i> in even shorter time to the Azores, but afterwards
+severe storms arose, and it was not till the 15th March 1493 that he
+reached Palos, after an absence of seven and a half months, during
+which everybody thought that he and his ships had disappeared.
+</p>
+
+<p class="indent">
+He was naturally received with great enthusiasm by the Spaniards,
+and after a solemn entry at Barcelona he presented to Ferdinand
+and Isabella the store of gold and curiosities carried by some
+of the natives of the islands he had visited. They immediately
+set about fitting out a much larger fleet of seven vessels, which
+started from Cadiz, 25th September 1493. He took a more southerly
+course, but again reached the islands now known as the West Indies.
+On visiting Hayti he found the fort destroyed, and no traces of
+the men he had left
+<a name="page_118"><span class="page">Page 118</span></a>
+there. It is needless for our purposes to go through the miserable
+squabbles which occurred on this and his subsequent voyages, which
+resulted in Columbus's return to Spain in chains and disgrace.
+It is only necessary for us to say that in his third voyage, in
+1498, he touched on Trinidad, and saw the coast of South America,
+which he supposed to be the region of the Terrestrial Paradise.
+This was placed by the medi&aelig;val maps at the extreme east of
+the Old World. Only on his fourth voyage, in 1502, did he actually
+touch the mainland, coasting along the shores of Central America
+in the neighbourhood of Panama. After many disappointments, he
+died, 20th May 1506, at Valladolid, believing, as far as we can
+judge, to the day of his death, that what he had discovered was
+what he set out to seek&mdash;a westward route to the Indies, though
+his proud epitaph indicates the contrary:&mdash;
+</p>
+
+<table border="0" style="margin-left: 4em;">
+ <tr><td>A Castilla y &aacute; Leon</td>
+ <td>&nbsp;|&nbsp;To Castille and to Leon</td></tr>
+ <tr><td>Nuevo mondo di&oacute; Colon.</td>
+ <td>&nbsp;|&nbsp;A NEW WORLD gave Colon.[1]</td></tr>
+</table>
+
+<p class="footnote">
+[Footnote 1: Columbus's Spanish name was Cristoval Colon.]
+</p>
+
+<p class="indent">
+To this day his error is enshrined in the name we give to the Windward
+and Antilles Islands&mdash;West Indies: in other words, the Indies
+reached by the westward route. If they had been the Indies at all,
+they would have been the most easterly of them.
+</p>
+
+<p class="indent">
+Even if Columbus had discovered a new route to Farther India, he
+could not, as we have seen, claim the merit of having originated
+<a name="page_119"><span class="page">Page 119</span></a>
+the idea, which, even in detail, he had taken from Toscanelli.
+But his claim is even a greater one. He it was who first dared
+to traverse unknown seas without coasting along the land, and his
+example was the immediate cause of all the remarkable discoveries
+that followed his earlier voyages. As we have seen, both Vasco da
+Gama and Cabral immediately after departed from the slow coasting
+route, and were by that means enabled to carry out to the full
+the ideas of Prince Henry; but whereas, by the Portuguese method
+of coasting, it had taken nearly a century to reach the Cape of
+Good Hope, within thirty years of Columbus's first venture the
+whole globe had been circumnavigated.
+</p>
+
+<p class="indent">
+The first aim of his successors was to ascertain more clearly what it
+was that Columbus had discovered. Immediately after Columbus's third,
+voyage, in 1498, and after the news of Vasco da Gama's successful
+passage to the Indies had made it necessary to discover some strait
+leading from the "West Indies" to India itself, a Spanish gentleman,
+named Hojeda, fitted out an expedition at his own expense, with
+an Italian pilot on board, named Amerigo Vespucci, and tried once
+more to find a strait to India near Trinidad. They were, of course,
+unsuccessful, but they coasted along and landed on the north coast
+of South America, which, from certain resemblances, they termed
+Little Venice (Venezuela). Next year, as we have seen, Cabral,
+in following Vasco da Gama, hit upon Brazil, which turned out to
+be within the Portuguese
+<a name="page_120"><span class="page">Page 120</span></a>
+"sphere of influence," as determined by the line of demarcation.
+</p>
+
+<p class="indent">
+But, three months previous to Cabral's touching upon Brazil, one of
+Columbus's companions on his first voyage, Vincenta Yanez Pinzon,
+had touched on the coast of Brazil, eight degrees south of the
+line, and from there had worked northward, seeking for a passage
+which would lead west to the Indies. He discovered the mouth of
+the Amazon, but, losing two of his vessels, returned to Palos,
+which he reached in September 1500.
+</p>
+
+<p class="indent">
+This discovery of an unknown and unsuspected continent so far south
+of the line created great interest, and shortly after Cabral's
+return Amerigo Vespucci was sent out in 1501 by the King of Portugal
+as pilot of a fleet which should explore the new land discovered
+by Cabral and claim it for the Crown of Portugal. His instructions
+were to ascertain how much of it was within the line of demarcation.
+Vespucci reached the Brazilian coast at Cape St. Roque, and then
+explored it very thoroughly right down to the river La Plata, which
+was too far west to come within the Portuguese sphere. Amerigo
+and his companions struck out south-eastward till they reached
+the island of St. Georgia, 1200 miles east of Cape Horn, where
+the cold and the floating ice drove them back, and they returned
+to Lisbon, after having gone farthest south up to their time.
+</p>
+
+<p class="indent">
+This voyage of Amerigo threw a new light upon the nature of the
+discovery made by Columbus. Whereas he had thought he had discovered
+<a name="page_121"><span class="page">Page 121</span></a>
+a route to India and had touched upon Farther India, Amerigo and his
+companions had shown that there was a hitherto unsuspected land
+intervening between Columbus's discoveries and the long-desired Spice
+
+<span style="float: left; width: 100%; text-align: center;">
+<span style="margin: 8px; width: 359px;
+ font-size: smaller; text-align: center;">
+<img src="images/fig015.jpg" width="357" height="450" alt="Fig. 15">
+<br />
+AMERIGO VESPUCCI.
+</span>
+</span>
+
+Islands of Farther India. Amerigo, in describing his discoveries,
+ventured so far as to suggest that they constituted a New World;
+and a German professor, named Martin
+<a name="page_122"><span class="page">Page 122</span></a>
+Waldseem&uuml;ller, who wrote an introduction to Cosmography in
+1506, which included an account of Amerigo's discoveries, suggested
+that this New World should be called after him, AMERICA, after the
+analogy of Asia, Africa, and Europe. For a long time the continent
+which we now know as South America was called simply the New World,
+and was supposed to be joined on to the east coast of Asia. The
+name America was sometimes applied to it&mdash;not altogether
+inappropriately, since it was Amerigo's voyage which definitely
+settled that really new lands had been discovered by the western
+route; and when it was further ascertained that this new land was
+joined, not to Asia, but to another continent as large as itself,
+the two new lands were distinguished as North and South America.
+</p>
+
+<p class="indent">
+It was, at any rate, clear from Amerigo's discovery that the westward
+route to the Spice Islands would have to be through or round this
+New World discovered by him, and a Portuguese noble, named Fernao
+Magelhaens, was destined to discover the practicability of this
+route. He had served his native country under Almeida and Albuquerque
+in the East Indies, and was present at the capture of Malacca in
+1511, and from that port was despatched by Albuquerque with three
+ships to visit the far-famed Spice Islands. They visited Amboyna
+and Banda, and learned enough of the abundance and cheapness of
+the spices of the islands to recognise their importance; but under
+the direction of Albuquerque, who only sent them
+<a name="page_123"><span class="page">Page 123</span></a>
+out on an exploring expedition, they returned to him, leaving behind
+them, however, one of Magelhaens' greatest friends, Francisco Serrao,
+who settled in Ternate and from time to time sent glowing accounts of
+the Moluccas to his friend Magelhaens. He in the meantime returned
+to Portugal, and was employed on an expedition to Morocco. He was
+not, however, well treated by the Portuguese monarch, and determined
+to leave his service for that of Charles V., though he made it
+a condition of his entering his service that he should make no
+discoveries within the boundaries of the King of Portugal, and do
+nothing prejudicial to his interests.
+</p>
+
+<p class="indent">
+This was in the year 1517, and two years elapsed before Magelhaens
+started on his celebrated voyage. He had represented to the Emperor
+that he was convinced that a strait existed which would lead into
+the Indian Ocean, past the New World of Amerigo, and that the Spice
+Islands were beyond the line of demarcation and within the Spanish
+sphere of influence. There is some evidence that Spanish merchant
+vessels, trading secretly to obtain Brazil wood, had already caught
+sight of the strait afterwards named after Magelhaens, and certainly
+such a strait is represented upon Schoner's globes dated 1515 and
+1520&mdash;earlier than Magelhaens' discovery. The Portuguese were
+fully aware of the dangers threatened to their monopoly of the spice
+trade&mdash;which by this time had been firmly established&mdash;owing
+to the presence of Serrao in Ternate, and did all in their power
+to dissuade Charles from
+<a name="page_124"><span class="page">Page 124</span></a>
+sending out the threatened expedition, pointing out that they would
+consider it an unfriendly act if such an expedition were permitted
+to start. Notwithstanding this the Emperor persisted in the project,
+and on Tuesday, 20th September 1519, a fleet of five vessels, the
+<i>Trinidad, St. Antonio, Concepcion, Victoria</i>, and <i>St.
+Jago</i>, manned by a heterogeneous collection of Spaniards, Portuguese,
+Basques, Genoese, Sicilians, French, Flemings, Germans, Greeks,
+Neapolitans, Corfiotes, Negroes, Malays, and a single Englishman
+(Master Andrew of Bristol), started from Seville upon perhaps the
+most important voyage of discovery ever made. So great was the
+antipathy between Spanish and Portuguese that disaffection broke
+out almost from the start, and after the mouth of the La Plata
+had been carefully explored, to ascertain whether this was not
+really the beginning of a passage through the New World, a mutiny
+broke out on the 2nd April 1520, in Port St. Julian, where it had
+been determined to winter; for of course by this time the sailors
+had become aware that the time of the seasons was reversed in the
+Southern Hemisphere. Magelhaens showed great firmness and skill in
+dealing with the mutiny; its chief leaders were either executed or
+marooned, and on the 18th October he resumed his voyage. Meanwhile
+the habits and customs of the natives had been observed&mdash;their
+huge height and uncouth foot-coverings, for which Magelhaens gave
+them the name of Patagonians. Within three days they had arrived
+at the entrance of
+<a name="page_125"><span class="page">Page 125</span></a>
+the passage which still bears Magelhaens' name. By this time one of
+the ships, the <i>St Jago</i>, had been lost, and it was with only
+four of his vessels&mdash;the <i>Trinidad</i>, the <i>Victoria</i>, the
+<i>Concepcion</i>. and the <i>St. Antonio</i>&mdash;that, Magelhaens
+
+<span style="float: left; width: 100%; text-align: center;">
+<span style="margin: 8px; width: 354px;
+ font-size: smaller; text-align: center;">
+<img src="images/fig016.jpg" width="348" height="400" alt="Fig. 16">
+<br />
+FERDINAND MAGELLAN.
+</span>
+</span>
+
+began his passage. There are many twists and divisions in the strait,
+and on arriving at one of the partings, Magelhaens despatched the
+<i>St. Antonio</i> to explore it, while he proceeded with the other
+three ships along the more direct route. The pilot of the <i>St.
+Antonio</i>
+<a name="page_126"><span class="page">Page 126</span></a>
+had been one of the mutineers, and persuaded the crew to seize this
+opportunity to turn back altogether; so that when Magelhaens arrived
+at the appointed place of junction, no news could be ascertained of
+the missing vessel; it went straight back to Portugal. Magelhaens
+determined to continue his search, even, he said, if it came to
+eating the leather thongs of the sails. It had taken him thirty-eight
+days to get through the Straits, and for four months afterwards
+Magelhaens continued his course through the ocean, which, from
+its calmness, he called Pacific; taking a north-westerly course,
+and thus, by a curious chance, only hitting upon a couple of small
+uninhabited islands throughout their whole voyage, through a sea
+which we now know to be dotted by innumerable inhabited islands.
+On the 6th March 1520 they had sighted the Ladrones, and obtained
+much-needed provisions. Scurvy had broken out in its severest form,
+and the only Englishman on the ships died at the Ladrones. From
+there they went on to the islands now known as the Philippines,
+one of the kings of which greeted them very favourably. As a reward
+Magelhaens undertook one of his local quarrels, and fell in an
+unequal fight at Mactan, 27th April 1521. The three vessels continued
+their course for the Moluccas, but the <i>Concepcion</i> proved
+so unseaworthy that they had to beach and burn her. They reached
+Borneo, and here Juan Sebastian del Cano was appointed captain
+of the <i>Victoria</i>.
+</p>
+
+<p class="indent">
+At last, on the 6th November 1521, they
+<a name="page_127"><span class="page">Page 127</span></a>
+reached the goal of their journey, and anchored at Tidor, one of the
+Moluccas. They traded on very advantageous terms with the natives,
+and filled their holds with the spices and nutmegs for which they had
+journeyed so far; but when they attempted to resume their journey
+homeward, it was found that the <i>Trinidad</i> was too unseaworthy
+to proceed at once, and it was decided that the <i>Victoria</i>
+should start so as to get the east monsoon. This she did, and after
+the usual journey round the Cape of Good Hope, arrived off the
+Mole of Seville on Monday the 8th September 1522&mdash;three years
+all but twelve days from the date of their departure from Spain.
+Of the two hundred and seventy men who had started with the fleet,
+only eighteen returned in the <i>Victoria</i>. According to the
+ship's reckoning they had arrived on Sunday the 7th, and for some
+time it was a puzzle to account for the day thus lost.
+</p>
+
+<p class="indent">
+Meanwhile the <i>Trinidad</i>, which had been left behind at the
+Moluccas, had attempted to sail back to Panama, and reached as
+far north as 43&deg;, somewhere about longitude 175&deg; W. Here
+provisions failed them, and they had to return to the Moluccas, where
+they were seized, practically as pirates, by a fleet of Portuguese
+vessels sent specially to prevent interference by the Spaniards
+with the Portuguese monopoly of the spice trade. The crew of the
+<i>Trinidad</i> were seized and made prisoners, and ultimately only
+four of them reached Spain again, after many adventures. Thirteen
+others, who had landed at the Cape de Verde Islands
+<a name="page_128"><span class="page">Page 128</span></a>
+from the <i>Victoria</i>, may also be included among the survivors
+of the fleet, so that a total number of thirty-five out of two
+hundred and seventy sums up the number of the first circumnavigators
+of the globe.
+</p>
+
+<p class="indent">
+The importance of this voyage was unique when regarded from the
+point of view of geographical discovery. It decisively clinched
+the matter with regard to the existence of an entirely New World
+independent from Asia. In particular, the backward voyage of the
+<i>Trinidad</i> (which has rarely been noticed) had shown that
+there was a wide expanse of ocean north of the line and east of
+Asia, whilst the previous voyage had shown the enormous extent
+of sea south of the line. After the circumnavigation of the
+<i>Victoria</i> it was clear to cosmographers that the world was
+much larger than had been imagined by the ancients; or rather,
+perhaps one may say that Asia was smaller than had been thought
+by the medi&aelig;val writers. The dogged persistence shown by
+Magelhaens in carrying out his idea, which turned out to be a perfectly
+justifiable one, raises him from this point of view to a greater
+height than Columbus, whose month's voyage brought him exactly
+where he thought he would find land according to Toscanelli's map.
+After Magelhaens, as will be seen, the whole coast lines of the
+world were roughly known, except for the Arctic Circle and for
+Australia.
+</p>
+
+<p class="indent">
+The Emperor was naturally delighted with the result of the voyage.
+He granted Del Cano a pension, and a coat of arms commemorating
+<a name="page_129"><span class="page">Page 129</span></a>
+
+<span style="float:left; width: 100%; text-align: center;">
+<span style="margin: 8px; width: 602px;
+ font-size: smaller; text-align: center;">
+<img src="images/fig017.jpg" width="601" height="448" alt="Fig. 17">
+<br />
+THE WORLD ACCORDING TO PTOLEMY OF 1548.
+</span>
+</span>
+
+his services. The terms of the grant are very significant: <i>or</i>,
+two cinnamon sticks <i>saltire proper</i>, three nutmegs and twelve
+<a name="page_130"><span class="page">Page 130</span></a>
+cloves, a chief <i>gules</i>, a castle <i>or; crest</i>, a globe,
+bearing the motto, "Primus circumdedisti me" (thou wert the first
+to go round me); <i>supporters</i>, two Malay kings crowned, holding
+in the exterior hand a spice branch proper. The castle, of course,
+refers to Castile, but the rest of the blazon indicates the importance
+attributed to the voyage as resting mainly upon the visit to the
+Spice Islands. As we have already seen, however, the Portuguese
+recovered their position in the Moluccas immediately after the
+departure of the <i>Victoria</i>, and seven years later Charles
+V. gave up any claims he might possess through Magelhaens' visit.
+</p>
+
+<p class="indent">
+But for a long time afterwards the Spaniards still cast longing
+eyes upon the Spice Islands, and the Fuggers, the great bankers
+of Augsburg, who financed the Spanish monarch, for a long time
+attempted to get possession of Peru, with the scarcely disguised
+object of making it a "jumping-place" from which to make a fresh
+attempt at obtaining possession of the Moluccas. A modern parallel
+will doubtless occur to the reader.
+</p>
+
+<p class="indent">
+There are thus three stages to be distinguished in the successive
+discovery and delimitation of the New World:&mdash;
+</p>
+
+<p class="indent">
+(i.) At first Columbus imagined that he had actually reached Zipangu
+or Japan, and achieved the object of his voyage.
+</p>
+
+<p class="indent">
+(ii.) Then Amerigo Vespucci, by coasting down South America, ascertained
+that there was a huge unknown land intervening even
+<a name="page_131"><span class="page">Page 131</span></a>
+between Columbus' discoveries and the long-desired Spice Islands.
+</p>
+
+<p class="indent">
+(iii.) Magelhaens clinches this view by traversing the Southern
+Pacific for thousands of miles before reaching the Moluccas.
+</p>
+
+<p class="indent">
+There is still a fourth stage by which it was gradually discovered
+that the North-west of America was not joined on to Asia, but this
+stage was only gradually reached and finally determined by the
+voyages of Behring and Cook.
+</p>
+
+<p class="authority">
+[<i>Authorities:</i> Justin Winsor, <i>Christopher Columbus</i>,
+1894; Guillemard, <i>Ferdinand Magellan</i>, 1894.]
+</p>
+
+<h2>
+<a name="page_132"><span class="page">Page 132</span></a>
+CHAPTER VIII
+</h2>
+
+<p class="subtitle">
+TO THE INDIES NORTHWARD&mdash;ENGLISH, FRENCH, DUTCH, AND RUSSIAN
+ROUTES
+</p>
+
+<p class="indent">
+The discovery of the New World had the most important consequences
+on the relative importance of the different nations of Europe.
+Hitherto the chief centres for over two thousand years had been
+round the shores of the Mediterranean, and, as we have seen, Venice,
+by her central position and extensive trade to the East, had become
+a world-centre during the latter Middle Ages. But after Columbus,
+and still more after Magelhaens, the European nations on the Atlantic
+were found to be closer to the New World, and, in a measure, closer
+to the Spice Islands, which they could reach all the way by ship,
+instead of having to pay expensive land freights. The trade routes
+through Germany became at once neglected, and it is only in the
+present century that she has at all recovered from the blow given
+to her by the discovery of the new sea routes in which she could
+not join. But to England, France, and the Low Countries the new
+outlook promised a share in the world's trade and affairs generally,
+which they had never
+<a name="page_133"><span class="page">Page 133</span></a>
+hitherto possessed while the Mediterranean was the centre of commerce.
+If the Indies could be reached by sea, they were almost in as fortunate
+a position as Portugal or Spain. Almost as soon as the new routes
+were discovered the Northern nations attempted to utilise them,
+notwithstanding the Bull of Partition, which the French king laughed
+at, and the Protestant English and Dutch had no reason to respect.
+Within three years of the return of Columbus from his first voyage,
+Henry VII. employed John Cabot, a Venetian settled in Bristol,
+with his three sons, to attempt the voyage to the Indies by the
+North-West Passage. He appears to have re-discovered Newfoundland
+in 1497, and then in the following year, failing to find a passage
+there, coasted down North America nearly as far as Florida.
+</p>
+
+<p class="indent">
+In 1534 Jacques Cartier examined the river St. Lawrence, and his
+discoveries were later followed up by Samuel de Champlain, who
+explored some of the great lakes near the St. Lawrence, and established
+the French rule in Canada, or Acadie, as it was then called.
+</p>
+
+<p class="indent">
+Meanwhile the English had made an attempt to reach the Indies,
+still by a northern passage, but this time in an easterly direction.
+Sebastian Cabot, who had been appointed Grand Pilot of England by
+Edward VI., directed a voyage of exploration in 1553, under Sir
+Hugh Willoughby. Only one of these ships, with the pilot (Richard
+Chancellor) on board, survived the voyage, reaching Archangel, and
+then going
+<a name="page_134"><span class="page">Page 134</span></a>
+overland to Moscow, where he was favourably received by the Czar of
+Russia, Ivan the Terrible. He was, however, drowned on his return,
+and no further attempt to reach Cathay by sea was attempted.
+</p>
+
+<p class="indent">
+The North-West Passage seemed thus to promise better than that by
+the North-East, and in 1576 Martin Frobisher started on an exploring
+voyage, after having had the honour of a wave of Elizabeth's hand
+as he passed Greenwich. He reached Greenland, and then Labrador,
+and, in a subsequent voyage next year, discovered the strait named
+after him. His project was taken up by Sir Humphrey Gilbert, on
+whom, with his brother Adrian, Elizabeth conferred the privilege of
+making the passage to China and the Moluccas by the north-westward,
+north-eastward, or northward route. At the same time a patent was
+granted him for discovering any lands unsettled by Christian princes.
+A settlement was made in St. John's, Newfoundland, but on the return
+voyage, near the Azores, Sir Humphrey's "frigate" (a small boat
+of ten men), disappeared, after he had been heard to call out,
+"Courage, my lads; we are as near heaven by sea as by land!" This
+happened in 1583.
+</p>
+
+<p class="indent">
+Two years after, another expedition was sent out by the merchants
+of London, under John Davis, who, on this and two subsequent voyages,
+discovered several passages trending westward, which warranted the
+hope of finding a northwest passage. Beside the strait named after
+<a name="page_135"><span class="page">Page 135</span></a>
+him, it is probable that on his third voyage, in 1587, he passed
+through the passage now named after Hudson. His discoveries were not
+followed up for some twenty years, when Henry Hudson was despatched
+in 1607 with a crew of ten men and a boy. He reached Spitzbergen,
+and reached 80&deg; N., and in the following year reached the North
+(Magnetic) Pole, which was then situated at 75.22&deg; N. Two of
+his men were also fortunate enough to see a mermaid&mdash;probably
+an Eskimo woman in her <i>kayak</i>. In a third voyage, in 1609,
+he discovered the strait and bay which now bear his name, but was
+marooned by his crew, and never heard of further. He had previously,
+for a time, passed into the service of the Dutch, and had guided
+them to the river named after him, on which New York now stands. The
+course of English discovery in the north was for a time concluded
+by the voyage of William Baffin in 1615, which resulted in the
+discovery of the land named after him, as well as many of the islands
+to the north of America.
+</p>
+
+<p class="indent">
+Meanwhile the Dutch had taken part in the work of discovery towards
+the north. They had revolted against the despotism of Philip II., who
+was now monarch of both Spain and Portugal. At first they attempted
+to adopt a route which would not bring them into collision with
+their old masters; and in three voyages, between 1594 and 1597,
+William Barentz attempted the North-East Passage, under the auspices
+of the States-General. He discovered Cherry Island, and touched
+on Spitzbergen,
+<a name="page_136"><span class="page">Page 136</span></a>
+but failed in the main object of his search; and the attention of
+the Dutch was henceforth directed to seizing the Portuguese route,
+rather than finding a new one for themselves.
+</p>
+
+<p class="indent">
+The reason they were able to do this is a curious instance of Nemesis
+in history. Owing to the careful series of intermarriages planned
+out by Ferdinand of Arragon, the Portuguese Crown and all its
+possessions became joined to Spain in 1580 under Philip II., just
+a year after the northern provinces of the Netherlands had renounced
+allegiance to Spain. Consequently they were free to attack not alone
+Spanish vessels and colonies, but also those previously belonging
+to Portugal. As early as 1596 Cornelius Houtman rounded the Cape
+and visited Sumatra and Bantam, and within fifty, years the Dutch
+had replaced the Portuguese in many of their Eastern possessions.
+In 1614 they took Malacca, and with it the command of the Spice
+Islands; by 1658 they had secured full possession of Ceylon. Much
+earlier, in 1619, they had founded Batavia in Java, which they made
+the centre of their East Indian possessions, as it still remains.
+</p>
+
+<p class="indent">
+The English at first attempted to imitate the Dutch in their East
+Indian policy. The English East India Company was founded by Elizabeth
+in 1600, and as early as 1619 had forced the Dutch to allow them to
+take a third share of the profits of the Spice Islands. In order
+to do this several English planters settled at Amboyna, but within
+four years trade rivalries had reached such a pitch that the Dutch
+murdered some of
+<a name="page_137"><span class="page">Page 137</span></a>
+these merchants and drove the rest from the islands. As a consequence
+the English Company devoted its attention to the mainland of India
+itself, where they soon obtained possession of Madras and Bombay,
+and left the islands of the Indian Ocean mainly in possession of
+the Dutch. We shall see later the effect of this upon the history
+of geography, for it was owing to their possession of the East
+India Islands that the Dutch were practically the discoverers of
+Australia. One result of the Dutch East India policy has left its
+traces even to the present day. In 1651 they established a colony
+at the Cape of Good Hope, which only fell into English hands during
+the Napoleonic wars, when Napoleon held Holland.
+</p>
+
+<p class="indent">
+Meanwhile the English had not lost sight of the possibilities of
+the North-East Passage, if not for reaching the Spice Islands,
+at any rate as a means of tapping the overland route to China,
+hitherto monopolised by the Genoese. In 1558 an English gentleman,
+named Anthony Jenkinson, was sent as ambassador to the Czar of
+Muscovy, and travelled from Moscow as far as Bokhara; but he was
+not very fortunate in his venture, and England had to be content
+for some time to receive her Indian and Chinese goods from the
+Venetian argosies as before. But at last they saw no reason why
+they should not attempt direct relations with the East. A company of
+Levant merchants was formed in 1583 to open out direct communications
+with Aleppo, Bagdad, Ormuz, and Goa. They were unsuccessful at the
+two latter
+<a name="page_138"><span class="page">Page 138</span></a>
+places owing to the jealousy of the Portuguese, but they made
+arrangements for cheaper transit of Eastern goods to England, and
+in 1587 the last of the Venetian argosies, a great vessel of eleven
+hundred tons, was wrecked off the Isle of Wight. Henceforth the
+English conducted their own business with the East, and Venetian
+and Portuguese monopoly was at an end.
+</p>
+
+<p class="indent">
+But the journeys of Chancellor and Jenkinson to the Court of Moscow
+had more far-reaching effects; the Russians themselves were thereby
+led to contemplate utilising their proximity to one of the best
+known routes to the Far East. Shortly after Jenkinson's visit, the
+Czar, Ivan the Terrible, began extending his dominions eastward,
+sending at first a number of troops to accompany the Russian merchant
+Strogonof as far as the Obi in search of sables. Among the troops
+were a corps of six thousand Cossacks commanded by one named Vassili
+Yermak, who, finding the Tartars an easy prey, determined at first
+to set up a new kingdom for himself. In 1579 he was successful in
+overcoming the Tartars and their chief town Sibir, near Tobolsk;
+but, finding it difficult to retain his position, determined to
+return to his allegiance to the Czar on condition of being supported.
+This was readily granted, and from that time onward the Russians
+steadily pushed on through to the unknown country of the north
+of Asia, since named after the little town conquered by Yermak,
+of which scarcely any traces now remain. As early as 1639 they
+had reached
+<a name="page_139"><span class="page">Page 139</span></a>
+the Pacific under Kupilof. A force was sent out from Yakutz, on
+the Lena, in 1643, which reached the Amur, and thus Russians came
+for the first time in contact with the Chinese, and a new method
+of reaching Cathay was thus obtained, while geography gained the
+
+<span style="float:left; width: 100%; text-align: center;">
+<span style="margin: 8px; width: 459px;
+ font-size: smaller; text-align: center;">
+<img src="images/fig018.jpg" width="463" height="390" alt="Fig. 18">
+<br />
+RUSSIAN MAP OF ASIA, 1737.
+</span>
+</span>
+
+knowledge of the extent of Northern Asia. For, about the same time
+(in 1648), the Arctic Ocean was reached on the north shores of
+Siberia, and a fleet under the Cossack Dishinef
+<a name="page_140"><span class="page">Page 140</span></a>
+sailed from Kolyma and reached as far as the straits known by the
+name of Behring. It was not, however, till fifty years afterwards,
+in 1696, that the Russians reached Kamtschatka.
+</p>
+
+<p class="indent">
+Notwithstanding the access of knowledge which had been gained by
+these successive bold pushes towards north and east, it still remained
+uncertain whether Siberia did not join on to the northern part of
+the New World discovered by Columbus and Amerigo, and in 1728 Peter
+the Great sent out an expedition under VITUS BEHRING, a Dane in the
+Russian service, with the express aim of ascertaining this point.
+He reached Kamtschatka, and there built two vessels as directed
+by the Czar, and started on his voyage northward, coasting along
+the land. When he reached a little beyond 67&deg; N., he found
+no land to the north or east, and conceived he had reached the
+end of the continent. As a matter of fact, he was within thirty
+miles of the west coast of America; but of this he does not seem
+to have been aware, being content with solving the special problem
+put before him by the Czar. The strait thus discovered by Behring,
+though not known by him to be a strait, has ever since been known
+by his name. In 1741, however, Behring again set out on a voyage
+of discovery to ascertain how far to the east America was, and
+within a fortnight had come within sight of the lofty mountain
+named by him Mount St. Elias. Behring himself died upon this voyage,
+on an island also named after him; he had at last solved
+<a name="page_141"><span class="page">Page 141</span></a>
+the relation between the Old and the New Worlds.
+</p>
+
+<p class="indent">
+These voyages of Behring, however, belong to a much later stage
+of discovery than those we have hitherto been treating for the
+last three chapters. His explorations were undertaken mainly for
+scientific purposes, and to solve a scientific problem, whereas
+all the other researches of Spanish, Portuguese, English, and Dutch
+were directed to one end, that of reaching the Spice Islands and
+Cathay. The Portuguese at first started out on the search by the
+slow method of creeping down the coast of Africa; the Spanish, by
+adopting Columbus's bold idea, had attempted it by the western
+route, and under Magellan's still bolder conception had equally
+succeeded in reaching it in that way; the English and French sought
+for a north-west passage to the Moluccas; while the English and
+Dutch attempted a northeasterly route. In both directions the icy
+barrier of the north prevented success. It was reserved, as we shall
+see, for the present century to complete the North-West Passage
+under Maclure, and the North-East by Nordenskiold, sailing with
+quite different motives to those which first brought the mariners
+of England, France, and Holland within the Arctic Circle.
+</p>
+
+<p class="indent">
+The net result of all these attempts by the nations of Europe to
+wrest from the Venetians the monopoly of the Eastern trade was to
+add to geography the knowledge of the existence of a New World
+intervening between the
+<a name="page_142"><span class="page">Page 142</span></a>
+western shores of Europe and the eastern shores of Asia. We have
+yet to learn the means by which the New World thus discovered became
+explored and possessed by the European nations.
+</p>
+
+<p class="authority">
+[<i>Authorities:</i> Cooley and Beazeley, <i>John and Sebastian
+Cabot</i>, 1898.]
+</p>
+
+<h2>
+<a name="page_143"><span class="page">Page 143</span></a>
+CHAPTER IX
+</h2>
+
+<p class="subtitle">
+THE PARTITION OF AMERICA
+</p>
+
+<p class="indent">
+We have hitherto been dealing with the discoveries made by Spanish
+and Portuguese along the coast of the New World, but early in the
+sixteenth century they began to put foot on <i>terra firma</i>
+and explore the interior. As early as 1513 Vasco Nunez de Balboa
+ascended the highest peak in the range running from the Isthmus
+of Panama, and saw for the first time by European eyes the great
+ocean afterwards to be named by Magellan the Pacific. He there
+heard that the country to the south extended without end, and was
+inhabited by great nations, with an abundance of gold. Among his
+companions who heard of this golden country, or El Dorado, was
+one Francisco Pizarro, who was destined to test the report. But a
+similar report had reached the ears of Diego Velasquez, governor
+of Cuba, as to a great nation possessed of much gold to the north
+of Darien. He accordingly despatched his lieutenant Hernando Cortes
+in 1519 to investigate, with ten ships, six hundred and fifty men,
+and some eighteen horses. When he landed at the port named by him
+Vera Cruz, the appearance of his men, and more especially of his
+horses, astonished and
+<a name="page_144"><span class="page">Page 144</span></a>
+alarmed the natives of Mexico, then a large and semi-civilised
+state under the rule of Montezuma, the last representative of the
+Aztecs, who in the twelfth century had succeeded the Toltecs, a
+people that had settled on the Mexican tableland as early probably
+as the seventh century, introducing the use of metals and roads
+and many of the elements of civilisation. Montezuma is reported
+to have been able to range no less than two hundred thousand men
+under his banners, but he showed his opinion of the Spaniards by
+sending them costly presents, gold and silver and costly stuffs.
+This only aroused the cupidity of Cortes, who determined to make
+a bold stroke for the conquest of such a rich prize. He burnt his
+ships and advanced into the interior of the country, conquering
+on his way the tribe of the Tlascalans, who had been at war with
+the Mexicans, but, when conquered, were ready to assist him against
+them. With their aid he succeeded in seizing the Mexican king, who
+was forced to yield a huge tribute. After many struggles Cortes
+found himself master of the capital, and of all the resources of the
+Mexican Empire (1521). These he hastened to place at the feet of the
+Emperor Charles V., who appointed him Governor and Captain-General
+of Mexico. It is characteristic throughout the history of the New
+World, that none of the soldiers of fortune who found it such an
+easy prey ever thought of setting up an empire for himself. This
+is a testimony to the influence national feeling had upon the minds
+even of the most lawless, and the result was that Europe
+<a name="page_145"><span class="page">Page 145</span></a>
+and European ideas were brought over into America, or rather the
+New World became tributary to Europe.
+</p>
+
+<p class="indent">
+As soon as Cortes had established himself he fitted out expeditions
+to explore the country, and himself reached Honduras after a remarkable
+journey for over 1000 miles, in which he was only guided by a map on
+cotton cloth, on which the Cacique of Tabasco had painted all the
+towns, rivers, and mountains of the country as far as Nicaragua. He
+also despatched a small fleet under Alvarro de Saavedra to support
+a Spanish expedition which had been sent to the Moluccas under
+Sebastian del Cano, and which arrived at Tidor in 1527, to the
+astonishment of Spanish and Portuguese alike when they heard he
+had started from New Castile. In 1536, Cortes, who had been in
+the meantime shorn of much of his power, conducted an expedition
+by sea along the north-west coast of Mexico, and reached what he
+considered to be a great island. He identified this with an imaginary
+island in the Far East, near the terrestrial paradise to which
+the name of California had been given in a contemporary romance.
+Thus, owing to Cortes, almost the whole of Central America had
+become known before his death in 1540. Similarly, at a much earlier
+period, Ponce de Leon had thought he had discovered another great
+island in Florida in 1512, whither he had gone in search of Bayuca, a
+fabled island of the Indians, in which they stated was a fountain of
+eternal youth. At the time of Cortes' first attempt on Mexico, Pineda
+<a name="page_146"><span class="page">Page 146</span></a>
+had coasted round Florida, and connected it with the rest of the
+coast of Mexico, which he traversed as far as Vera Cruz.
+</p>
+
+<p class="indent">
+The exploits of Cortes were all important in their effects. He had
+proved with what ease a handful of men might overcome an empire and
+gain unparalleled riches. Francisco Pizarro was encouraged by the
+success of Cortes to attempt the discovery of the El Dorado he had
+heard of when on Balboa's expedition. With a companion named Diego
+de Almegro he made several coasting expeditions down the northwest
+coast of South America, during which they heard of the empire of
+the Incas on the plateau of Peru. They also obtained sufficient
+gold and silver to raise their hopes of the riches of the country,
+and returned to Spain to report to the Emperor. Pizarro obtained
+permission from Charles V. to attempt the conquest of Peru, of which
+he was named Governor and Captain-General, on condition of paying a
+tribute of one-fifth of the treasure he might obtain. He started
+in February 1531 with a small force of 180 men, of whom thirty-six
+were horsemen. Adopting the policy of Cortes, he pushed directly
+for the capital Cuzco, where they managed to seize Atahualpa, the
+Inca of the time. He attempted to ransom himself by agreeing to
+fill the room in which he was confined, twenty-two feet long by
+sixteen wide, with bars of gold as high as the hand could reach.
+He carried out this prodigious promise, and Pizarro's companions
+found themselves in possession of booty equal to three millions
+sterling.
+</p>
+
+<p class="indent">
+<a name="page_147"><span class="page">Page 147</span></a>
+Atahualpa was, however, not released, but condemned to death on
+a frivolous pretext, while Pizarro dismissed his followers, fully
+confident that the wealth they carried off would attract as many
+men as he could desire to El Dorado. He settled himself at Lima,
+near the coast, in 1534. Meanwhile Almegro had been despatched
+south, and made himself master of Chili. Another expedition in
+1539 was conducted by Pizarro's brother Gonzales across the Andes,
+and reached the sources of the Amazon, which one of his companions,
+Francisco de Orellana, traversed as far as the mouth. This he reached
+in August 1541, after a voyage of one thousand leagues. The river
+was named after Orellana, but, from reports he made of the existence
+of a tribe of female warriors, was afterwards known as the river
+of the Amazons. The author spread reports of another El Dorado to
+the north, in which the roofs of the temples were covered with
+gold. This report afterwards led to the disastrous expedition of
+Sir Walter Raleigh to Guiana. By his voyage Orellana connected the
+Spanish and Portuguese "spheres of influence" in the New World of
+Amerigo. By the year 1540 the main outlines of Central and South
+America and something of the interior had been made known by the
+Spanish adventurers within half a century of Columbus' first voyage.
+Owing to the papal bull Portugal possessed Brazil, but all the
+rest of the huge stretch of country was claimed for Spain. The
+Portuguese wisely treated Brazil as an outlet for their overflowing
+population, which settled there in
+<a name="page_148"><span class="page">Page 148</span></a>
+large numbers and established plantations. The Spaniards, on the
+other hand, only regarded their huge possessions as exclusive markets
+to be merely visited by them. Rich mines of gold, silver, and mercury
+were discovered in Mexico and Peru, especially in the far-famed
+mines of Potosi, and these were exploited entirely in the interests
+of Spain, which acted as a sieve by which the precious metals were
+poured into Europe, raising prices throughout the Old World. In
+return European merchandise was sent in the return voyages of the
+Spanish galleons to New Spain, which could only buy Flemish cloth,
+for example, through Spanish intermediaries, who raised its price
+to three times the original cost. This short-sighted policy on
+the part of Spain naturally encouraged smuggling, and attracted
+the ships of all nations towards that pursuit.
+</p>
+
+<p class="indent">
+We have already seen the first attempts of the French and English
+in the exploration of the north-east coast of North America; but
+during the sixteenth century very little was done to settle on
+such inhospitable shores, which did not offer anything like the
+rich prizes that Tropical America afforded. Neither the exploration
+of Cartier in 1534, or that of the Cabots much earlier, was followed
+by any attempt to possess the land. Breton fishermen visited the
+fisheries off Newfoundland, and various explorers attempted to find
+openings which would give them a north-west passage, but otherwise
+the more northerly part of the continent was left unoccupied till
+the beginning
+<a name="page_149"><span class="page">Page 149</span></a>
+of the seventeenth century. The first town founded was that of
+St. Augustine, in Florida, in 1565, but this was destroyed three
+years later by a French expedition. Sir Walter Raleigh attempted
+to found a colony in 1584 near where Virginia now stands, but it
+failed after three years, and it was not till the reign of James
+I. that an organised attempt was made by England to establish
+plantations, as they were then called, on the North American coast.
+</p>
+
+<p class="indent">
+Two Chartered Companies, the one to the north named the Plymouth
+Company, and the one to the south named the London Company (both
+founded in 1606), nominally divided between them all the coast
+from Nova Scotia to Florida. These large tracts of country were
+during the seventeenth century slowly parcelled out into smaller
+states, mainly Puritan in the north (New England), High Church
+and Catholic in the south (Virginia and Maryland). But between the
+two, and on the banks of the Hudson and the Delaware, two other
+European nations had also formed plantations&mdash;the Dutch along
+the Hudson from 1609 forming the New Netherlands, and the Swedes
+from 1636 along the Delaware forming New Sweden. The latter, however,
+lasted only a few years, and was absorbed by the Dutch in 1655. The
+capital of New Netherlands was established on Manhattan Island, to
+the south of the palisade still known as Wall Street, and the city
+was named New Amsterdam. The Hudson is such an important artery
+of commerce between the Atlantic and the great lakes, that
+<a name="page_150"><span class="page">Page 150</span></a>
+this wedge between the two sets of English colonies would have
+been a bar to any future progress. This was recognised by Charles
+II., who in 1664 despatched an expedition to demand its surrender,
+even though England and Holland were at that time at peace. New
+Amsterdam was taken, and named New York, after the king's brother,
+the Duke of York, afterwards James II. New Sweden, which at the
+same time fell into the English hands, was sold as a proprietary
+plantation to a Jersey man, Sir George Carteret, and to a Quaker,
+William Penn. By this somewhat high-handed procedure the whole
+coast-line down to Florida was in English hands.
+</p>
+
+<p class="indent">
+Both the London and Plymouth Companies had started to form plantations
+in 1607, and in that very year the French made their first effective
+settlements in America, at Port Royal and at Nova Scotia, then
+called Arcadie; while, the following year, Samuel de Champlain
+made settlements at Quebec, and founded French Canada. He explored
+the lake country, and established settlements down the banks of the
+St. Lawrence, along which French activity for a long time confined
+itself. Between the French and the English settlements roved the
+warlike Five Nations of the Iroquois Indians, and Champlain, whose
+settlements were in the country of the Algonquins, was obliged
+to take their part and make the Iroquois the enemies of France,
+which had important effects upon the final struggle between England
+and France in the eighteenth century. The French continued
+<a name="page_151"><span class="page">Page 151</span></a>
+their exploration of the interior of the continent. In 1673 Marquette
+discovered the Mississippi (Missi Sepe, "the great water"), and
+descended it as far as the mouth of the Arkansas, but the work of
+exploring the Mississippi valley was undertaken by Robert de la
+Salle. He had already discovered the Ohio and Illinois rivers, and
+in three expeditions, between 1680 and 1682, succeeded in working his
+way right down to the mouth of the Mississippi, giving to the huge
+tract of country which he had thus traversed the name of Louisiana,
+after Louis XIV.
+</p>
+
+<p class="indent">
+France thenceforth claimed the whole <i>hinterland</i>, as we should
+now call it, of North America, the English being confined to the
+comparatively narrow strip of country east of the Alleghanies. New
+Orleans was founded at the mouth of the Mississippi in 1716, and
+named after the Prince Regent; and French activity ranged between
+Quebec and New Orleans, leaving many traces even to the present
+day, in French names like Mobile, Detroit, and the like, through
+the intervening country. The situation at the commencement of the
+eighteenth century was remarkably similar to that of the Gold Coast
+in Africa at the end of the nineteenth. The French persistently
+attempted to encroach upon the English sphere of influence, and it
+was in attempting to define the two spheres that George Washington
+learned his first lesson in diplomacy and strategy. The French and
+English American colonies were almost perpetually at war with one
+another, the objective
+<a name="page_152"><span class="page">Page 152</span></a>
+being the spot where Pittsburg now stands, which was regarded as
+the gate of the west, overlooking as it did the valley of the Ohio.
+Here Duquesne founded the fort named after himself, and it was
+not till 1758 that this was finally wrested from French hands;
+while, in the following year, Wolfe, by his capture of Quebec,
+overthrew the whole French power in North America. Throughout the
+long fight the English had been much assisted by the guerilla warfare
+of the Iroquois against the French.
+</p>
+
+<p class="indent">
+By the Treaty of Paris in 1763 the whole of French America was
+ceded to England, which also obtained possession of Florida from
+Spain, in exchange for the Philippines, captured during the war.
+As a compensation all the country west of the Mississippi became
+joined on to the Spanish possessions in Mexico. These of course
+became, nominally French when Napoleon's brother Joseph was placed
+on the Spanish throne, but Napoleon sold them to the United States
+in 1803, so that no barrier existed to the westward spread of the
+States. Long previously to this, a Chartered Company had been formed
+in 1670, with Prince Rupert at its head, to trade with the Indians
+for furs in Hudson's Bay, then and for some time afterwards called
+Rupertsland. The Hudson Bay Company gradually extended its knowledge
+of the northerly parts of America towards the Rocky Mountains,
+but it was not till 1740 that Varenne de la Varanderye discovered
+their extent. In 1769-71 a fur trader named Hearne traced the river
+Coppermine to the sea, while it was not till 1793 that Mr.
+<a name="page_153"><span class="page">Page 153</span></a>
+(after Sir A.) Mackenzie discovered the river now named after him,
+and crossed the continent of North America from Atlantic to Pacific.
+One of the reasons for this late exploration of the north-west of
+North America was a geographical myth started by a Spanish voyager
+named Juan de Fuca as early as 1592. Coasting as far as Vancouver
+Island, he entered the inlet to the south of it, and not being
+able to see land to the north, brought back a report of a huge sea
+spreading over all that part of the country, which most geographers
+assumed to pass over into Hudson Bay or the neighbourhood. It was
+this report as much as anything which encouraged hopes of finding
+the north-west passage in a latitude low enough to be free from
+ice.
+</p>
+
+<p class="indent">
+As soon as the United States got possession of the land west of
+the Mississippi they began to explore it, and between 1804 and
+1807 Lewis and Clarke had explored the whole basin of the Missouri,
+while Pike had investigated the country between the sources of the
+Mississippi and the Red River. We have already seen that Behring
+had carried over Russian investigation and dominion into Alaska,
+and it was in order to avoid her encroachments down towards the
+Californian coast that President Monroe put forth in 1823 the doctrine
+that no further colonisation of the Americas would be permitted by
+the United States. In this year Russia agreed to limit her claims
+to the country north of 54.40&deg;. The States subsequently acquired
+California and other adjoining states during
+<a name="page_154"><span class="page">Page 154</span></a>
+their war with Mexico in 1848, just before gold was discovered
+in the Sacramento valley. The land between California and Alaska
+was held in joint possession between Great Britain and the States,
+and was known as the Oregon Territory. Lewis and Clarke had explored
+the Columbia River, while Vancouver had much earlier examined the
+island which now bears his name, so that both countries appear to
+have some rights of discovery to the district. At one time the
+inhabitants of the States were inclined to claim all the country
+as far as the Russian boundary 54.40&deg;, and a war-cry arose
+"54.40&deg; or fight;" but in 1846 the territory was divided by
+the 49th parallel, and at this date we may say the partition of
+America was complete, and all that remained to be known of it was
+the ice-bound northern coast, over which so much heroic enterprise
+has been displayed.
+</p>
+
+<p class="indent">
+The history of geographical discovery in America is thus in large
+measure a history of conquest. Men got to know both coast-line and
+interior while endeavouring either to trade or to settle where
+nature was propitious, or the country afforded mineral or vegetable
+wealth that could be easily transported. Of the coast early knowledge
+was acquired for geography; but where the continent broadens out
+either north or south, making the interior inaccessible for trade
+purposes with the coasts, ignorance remained even down to the present
+century. Even to the present day the country south of the valley
+of the Amazon is perhaps as little known as any portion of the
+earth's surface,
+<a name="page_155"><span class="page">Page 155</span></a>
+while, as we have seen, it was not till the early years of this
+century that any knowledge was acquired of the huge tract of country
+between the Mississippi and the Rocky Mountains. It was the natural
+expansion of the United States, rendered possible by the cession
+of this tract to the States by Napoleon in 1803, that brought it
+within the knowledge of all. That expansion was chiefly due to the
+improved methods of communication which steam has given to mankind
+only within this century. But for this the region east of the Rocky
+Mountains would possibly be as little known to Europeans, even at
+the present day, as the Soudan or Somaliland. It is owing to this
+natural expansion of the States, and in minor measure of Canada,
+that few great names of geographical explorers are connected with
+our knowledge of the interior of North America. Unknown settlers
+have been the pioneers of geography, and not as elsewhere has the
+reverse been the case. In the two other continents whose geographical
+history we have still to trace, Australia and Africa, explorers
+have preceded settlers or conquerors, and we can generally follow
+the course of geographical discovery in their case without the
+necessity of discussing their political history.
+</p>
+
+<p class="authority">
+[<i>Authorities:</i> Winsor, <i>From Cartier to Frontenac</i>;
+Gelcich, in <i>Mittheilungen</i> of Geographical Society of Vienna,
+1892.]
+</p>
+
+<h2>
+<a name="page_156"><span class="page">Page 156</span></a>
+CHAPTER X
+</h2>
+
+<p class="subtitle">
+AUSTRALIA AND THE SOUTH SEAS&mdash;TASMAN AND COOK
+</p>
+
+<p class="indent">
+If one looks at the west coast of Australia one is struck by the
+large number of Dutch names which are jotted down the coast. There
+is Hoog Island, Diemen's Bay, Houtman's Abrolhos, De Wit land, and
+the Archipelago of Nuyts, besides Dirk Hartog's Island and Cape
+Leeuwin. To the extreme north we find the Gulf of Carpentaria,
+and to the extreme south the island which used to be called Van
+Diemen's Land. It is not altogether to be wondered at that almost
+to the middle of this century the land we now call Australia was
+tolerably well known as New Holland. If the Dutch had struck the
+more fertile eastern shores of the Australian continent, it might
+have been called with reason New Holland to the present day; but
+there is scarcely any long coast-line of the world so inhospitable
+and so little promising as that of Western Australia, and one can
+easily understand how the Dutch, though they explored it, did not
+care to take possession of it.
+</p>
+
+<p class="indent">
+But though the Dutch were the first to explore any considerable
+stretch of Australian coast, they
+<a name="page_157"><span class="page">Page 157</span></a>
+were by no means the first to sight it. As early as 1542 a Spanish
+expedition under Luis Lopez de Villalobos, was despatched to follow
+up the discoveries of Magellan in the Pacific Ocean within the
+Spanish sphere of influence. He discovered several of the islands
+of Polynesia, and attempted to seize the Philippines, but his fleet
+had to return to New Spain. One of the ships coasted along an island
+
+<span style="float: left; width: 100%; text-align: center;">
+<span style="margin: 8px; width: 471px;
+ font-size: smaller; text-align: center;">
+<img src="images/fig019.jpg" width="463" height="318" alt="Fig. 19">
+</span>
+</span>
+
+to which was given the name of New Guinea, and was thought to be
+part of the great unknown southern land which Ptolemy had imagined
+to exist in the south of the Indian Ocean, and to be connected in
+some way with Tierra del Fuego. Curiosity was thus aroused, and
+in 1606 Pedro de Quiros was despatched on a voyage to the South
+Seas with three
+<a name="page_158"><span class="page">Page 158</span></a>
+ships. He discovered the New Hebrides, and believed it formed part
+of the southern continent, and he therefore named it Australia del
+Espiritu Santo, and hastened home to obtain the viceroyalty of
+this new possession. One of his ships got separated from him, and
+the commander, Luys Vaz de Torres, sailed farther to the south-west,
+and thereby learned that the New Australia was not a continent
+but an island. He proceeded farther till he came to New Guinea,
+which he coasted along the south coast, and seeing land to the
+south of him, he thus passed through the straits since named after
+him, and was probably the first European to see the continent of
+Australia. In the very same year (1606) the Dutch yacht named the
+<i>Duyfken</i> is said to have coasted along the south and west
+coasts of New Guinea nearly a thousand miles, till they reached
+Cape Keerweer, or "turn again." This was probably the north-west
+coast of Australia. In the first thirty years of the seventeenth
+century the Dutch followed the west coast of Australia with as
+much industry as the Portuguese had done with the west coast of
+Africa, leaving up to the present day signs of their explorations
+in the names of islands, bays, and capes. Dirk Hartog, in the
+<i>Endraaght</i>, discovered that Land which is named after his
+ship, and the cape and roadstead named after himself, in 1616. Jan
+Edels left his name upon the western coast in 1619; while, three
+years later, a ship named the <i>Lioness</i> or <i>Leeuwin</i>
+reached the most western point of the continent, to which its name
+is still attached. Five years later, in 1627, De Nuyts coasted
+<a name="page_159"><span class="page">Page 159</span></a>
+round the south coast of Australia; while in the same year a Dutch
+commander named Carpenter discovered and gave his name to the immense
+indentation still known as the Gulf of Carpentaria.
+</p>
+
+<p class="indent">
+But still more important discoveries were made in 1642 by an expedition
+sent out from Batavia under ABEL JANSSEN TASMAN to investigate
+the real extent of the southern land. After the voyages of the
+<i>Leeuwin</i> and De Nuyts it was seen that the southern coast of
+the new land trended to the east, instead of working round to the
+west, as would have been the case if Ptolemy's views had been correct.
+Tasman's problem was to discover whether it was connected with the
+great southern land assumed to lie to the south of South America.
+Tasman first sailed from Mauritius, and then directing his course
+to the south-east, going much more south than Cape Leeuwin, at last
+reached land in latitude 43.30&deg; and longitude 163.50&deg;. This
+he called Van Diemen's Land, after the name of the Governor-General
+of Batavia, and it was assumed that this joined on to the land
+already discovered by De Nuyts. Sailing farther to the eastward,
+Tasman came out into the open sea again, and thus appeared to prove
+that the newly discovered land was not connected with the great
+unknown continent round the south pole.
+</p>
+
+<p class="indent">
+But he soon came across land which might possibly answer to that
+description, and he called it Staaten Land, in honour of the
+States-General of the Netherlands. This was undoubtedly some
+<a name="page_160"><span class="page">Page 160</span></a>
+part of New Zealand. Still steering eastward, but with a more northerly
+trend, Tasman discovered several islands in the Pacific, and ultimately
+reached Batavia after touching on New Guinea. His discoveries were
+a great advance on previous knowledge; he had at any rate reduced
+the possible dimensions of the unknown continent of the south within
+narrow limits, and his discoveries were justly inscribed upon the map
+of the world cut in stone upon the new Staathaus in Amsterdam, in
+which the name New Holland was given by order of the States-General
+to the western part of the "terra Australis." When England for a
+time became joined on to Holland under the rule of William III.,
+William Dampier was despatched to New Holland to make further
+discoveries. He retraced the explorations of the Dutch from Dirk
+Hartog's Bay to New Guinea, and appears to have been the first
+European to have noticed the habits of the kangaroo; otherwise
+his voyage did not add much to geographical knowledge, though when
+he left the coasts of New Guinea he steered between New England
+and New Ireland.
+</p>
+
+<p class="indent">
+As a result of these Dutch voyages the existence of a great land
+somewhere to the south-east of Asia became common property to all
+civilised men. As an instance of this familiarity many years before
+Cook's epoch-making voyages, it may be mentioned that in 1699 Captain
+Lemuel Gulliver (in Swift's celebrated romance) arrived at the
+kingdom of Lilliput by steering north-west from Van
+<a name="page_161"><span class="page">Page 161</span></a>
+Diemen's Land, which he mentions by name. Lilliput, it would thus
+appear, was situated somewhere in the neighbourhood of the great
+Bight of Australia. This curious mixture of definite knowledge
+and vague ignorance on the part of Swift exactly corresponds to
+the state of geographical knowledge about Australia in his days,
+as is shown in the preceding map of those parts of the world, as
+given by the great French cartographer D'Anville in 1745
+(<a href="#page_157">p. 157</a>).
+</p>
+
+<p class="indent">
+These discoveries of the Spanish and Dutch were direct results
+and corollaries of the great search for the Spice Islands, which
+has formed the main subject of our inquiries. The discoveries were
+mostly made by ships fitted out in the Malay archipelago, if not
+from the Spice Islands themselves. But at the beginning of the
+eighteenth century new motives came into play in the search for
+new lands; by that time almost the whole coast-line of the world
+was roughly known. The Portuguese had coasted Africa, the Spanish
+South America, the English most of the east of North America, while
+Central America was known through the Spaniards. Many of the islands
+of the Pacific Ocean had been touched upon, though not accurately
+surveyed, and there remained only the north-west coast of America and
+the north-east coast of Asia to be explored, while the great remaining
+problem of geography was to discover if the great southern continent
+assumed by Ptolemy existed, and, if so, what were its dimensions.
+It happened that all these problems of coastline geography, if
+we may so call it, were
+<a name="page_162"><span class="page">Page 162</span></a>
+destined to be solved by one man, an Englishman named JAMES COOK,
+who, with Prince Henry, Magellan, and Tasman, may be said to have
+determined the limits of the habitable land.
+</p>
+
+<p class="indent">
+His voyages were made in the interests, not of trade or conquest,
+but of scientific curiosity; and they were, appropriately enough,
+begun in the interests of quite a different science than that of
+geography. The English astronomer Halley had left as a sort of legacy
+the task of examining the transit of Venus, which he predicted for
+the year 1769, pointing out its paramount importance for determining
+the distance of the sun from the earth. This transit could only
+be observed in the southern hemisphere, and it was in order to
+observe it that Cook made his first voyage of exploration.
+</p>
+
+<p class="indent">
+There was a double suitability in the motive of Cook's first voyage.
+The work of his life could only have been carried out owing to the
+improvement in nautical instruments which had been made during
+the early part of the eighteenth century. Hadley had invented the
+sextant, by which the sun's elevation could be taken with much
+more ease and accuracy than with the old cross-staff, the very
+rough gnomon which the earlier navigators had to use. Still more
+important for scientific geography was the improvement that had
+taken place in accurate chronometry. To find the latitude of a
+place is not so difficult&mdash;the length of the day at different
+times of the year will by itself be almost enough to determine
+this, as we have seen in the very earliest history of Greek
+<a name="page_163"><span class="page">Page 163</span></a>
+geography&mdash;but to determine the longitude was a much more
+difficult task, which in the earlier stages could only be formed
+by guesswork and dead reckonings.
+</p>
+
+<p class="indent">
+But when clocks had been brought to such a pitch of accuracy that
+they would not lose but a few seconds or minutes during the whole
+voyage, they could be used to determine the difference of local time
+between any spot on the earth's surface and that of the port from
+which the ship sailed, or from some fixed place where the clock could
+be timed. The English government, seeing the importance of this,
+proposed the very large reward of &pound;10,000 for the invention
+of a chronometer which would not lose more than a stated number of
+minutes during a year. This prize was won by John Harrison, and
+from this time onward a sea-captain with a minimum of astronomical
+knowledge was enabled to know his longitude within a few minutes.
+Hadley's sextant and Harrison's chronometer were the necessary
+implements to enable James Cook to do his work, which was thus,
+both in aim and method, in every way English.
+</p>
+
+<p class="indent">
+James Cook was a practical sailor, who had shown considerable
+intelligence in sounding the St. Lawrence on Wolfe's expedition,
+and had afterwards been appointed marine surveyor of Newfoundland.
+When the Royal Society determined to send out an expedition to
+observe the transit of Venus, according to Halley's prediction,
+they were deterred from entrusting the expedition to a scientific man
+<a name="page_164"><span class="page">Page 164</span></a>
+by the example of Halley himself, who had failed to obtain obedience
+from sailors on being entrusted with the command. Dalrymple, the
+chief hydrographer of the Admiralty, who had chief claims to the
+command, was also somewhat of a faddist, and Cook was selected
+almost as a <i>dernier ressort</i>. The choice proved an excellent
+one. He selected a coasting coaler named the <i>Endeavour</i>, of
+360 tons, because her breadth of beam would enable her to carry
+more stores and to run near coasts. Just before they started Captain
+Wallis returned from a voyage round the world upon which he had
+discovered or re-discovered Tahiti, and he recommended this as
+a suitable place for observing the transit.
+</p>
+
+<p class="indent">
+Cook duly arrived there, and on the 3rd of June 1769 the main object
+of the expedition was fulfilled by a successful observation. But
+he then proceeded farther, and arrived soon at a land which he
+saw reason to identify with the Staaten Land of Tasman; but on
+coasting along this, Cook found that, so far from belonging to a
+great southern continent, it was composed of two islands, between
+which he sailed, giving his name to the strait separating them.
+Leaving New Zealand on the 31st of March 1770, on the 20th of the
+next month he came across another land to the westward, hitherto
+unknown to mariners. Entering an inlet, he explored the neighbourhood
+with the aid of Mr. Joseph Banks, the naturalist of the expedition.
+He found so many plants new to him, that the bay was termed Botany
+Bay.
+</p>
+
+<p class="indent">
+<a name="page_165"><span class="page">Page 165</span></a>
+He then coasted northward, and nearly lost his ship upon the great
+reef running down the eastern coast; but by keeping within it he
+managed to reach the extreme end of the land in this direction,
+and proved that it was distinct from New Guinea. In other words,
+he had reached the southern point of the strait named after Torres.
+To this immense line of coast Cook gave the name of New South Wales,
+from some resemblance that he saw to the coast about Swansea. By this
+first voyage Cook had proved that neither New Holland nor Staaten
+Land belonged to the great Antarctic continent, which remained
+the sole myth bequeathed by the ancients which had not yet been
+definitely removed from the maps. In his second voyage, starting
+in 1772, he was directed to settle finally this problem. He went
+at once to the Cape of Good Hope, and from there started out on
+a zigzag journey round the Southern Pole, poking the nose of his
+vessel in all directions as far south as he could reach, only pulling
+up when he touched ice. In whatever direction he advanced he failed
+to find any trace of extensive land corresponding to the supposed
+Antarctic continent, which he thus definitely proved to be non-existent.
+He spent the remainder of this voyage in rediscovering various
+sets of archipelagos which preceding Spanish, Dutch, and English
+navigators had touched, but had never accurately surveyed. Later
+on Cook made a run across the Pacific from New Zealand to Cape
+Horn without discovering any extensive land, thus
+<a name="page_166"><span class="page">Page 166</span></a>
+clinching the matter after three years' careful inquiry. It is
+worthy of remark that during that long time he lost but four out
+of 118 men, and only one of them by sickness.
+</p>
+
+<p class="indent">
+Only one great problem to maritime geography still remained to be
+solved, that of the north-west passage, which, as we have seen,
+had so frequently been tried by English navigators, working from
+the east through Hudson's Bay. In 1776 Cook was deputed by George
+III. to attempt the solution of this problem by a new method. He
+was directed to endeavour to find an opening on the north-west
+coast of America which would lead into Hudson's Bay. The old legend
+of Juan de Fuca's great bay still misled geographers as to this
+coast. Cook not alone settled this problem, but, by advancing through
+Behring Strait and examining both sides of it, determined that
+the two continents of Asia and America approached one another as
+near as thirty-six miles. On his return voyage he landed at Owhyee
+(Hawaii), where he was slain in 1777, and his ships returned to
+England without adding anything further to geographical knowledge.
+</p>
+
+<p class="indent">
+Cook's voyages had aroused the generous emulation of the French,
+who, to their eternal honour, had given directions to their fleet
+to respect his vessels wherever found, though France was at that
+time at war with England. In 1783 an expedition was sent, under
+Fran&ccedil;ois de la P&eacute;rouse, to complete Cook's work.
+He explored the north-east coast of Asia, examined the island of
+Saghalien, and passed through the
+<a name="page_167"><span class="page">Page 167</span></a>
+strait between it and Japan, often called by his name. In Kamtschatka
+La P&eacute;rouse landed Monsieur Lesseps, who had accompanied the
+expedition as Russian interpreter, and sent home by him his journals
+and surveys. Lesseps made a careful examination of Kamtschatka
+himself, and succeeded in passing overland thence to Paris, being
+the first European to journey completely across the Old World from
+the Pacific to the Atlantic Ocean. La P&eacute;rouse then proceeded
+to follow Cook by examining the coast of New South Wales, and to
+his surprise, when entering a fine harbour in the middle of the
+coast, found there English ships engaged in settling the first
+Australian colony in 1787. After again delivering his surveys to
+be forwarded by the Englishmen, he started to survey the coast of
+New Holland, but his expedition was never heard of afterwards.
+As late as 1826 it was discovered that they had been wrecked on
+Vanikoro, an island near the Fijis.
+</p>
+
+<p class="indent">
+We have seen that Cook's exploration of the eastern coast of Australia
+was soon followed up by a settlement. A number of convicts were
+sent out under Captain Philips to Botany Bay, and from that time
+onward English explorers gradually determined with accuracy both
+the coast-line and the interior of the huge stretch of land known
+to us as Australia. One of the ships that had accompanied Cook on
+his second voyage had made a rough survey of Van Diemen's Land, and
+had come to the conclusion that it joined on to the mainland. But
+in 1797, Bass, a surgeon in the navy, coasted down from Port Jackson
+<a name="page_168"><span class="page">Page 168</span></a>
+to the south in a fine whale boat with a crew of six men, and discovered
+open sea running between the southernmost point and Van Diemen's
+Land; this is still known as Bass' Strait. A companion of his,
+named Flinders, coasted, in 1799, along the south coast from Cape
+Leeuwin eastward, and on this voyage met a French ship at Encounter
+Bay, so named from the <i>rencontre</i>. Proceeding farther, he
+discovered Port Philip; and the coast-line of Australia was
+approximately settled after Captain P. P. King in four voyages,
+between 1817 and 1822, had investigated the river mouths.
+</p>
+
+<div style="width: 100%; text-align: center;">
+<span style="margin: 8px; width: 759px;
+ font-size: smaller; text-align: center;">
+<img src="images/fig020.jpg" width="763" height="466" alt="Fig. 20">
+<br />
+THE EXPLORATION OF AUSTRALIA.
+</span>
+</div>
+
+<p class="indent">
+The interior now remained to be investigated. On the east coast
+this was rendered difficult by the range of the Blue Mountains,
+honeycombed throughout with huge gullies, which led investigators
+time after time into a cul-de-sac; but in 1813 Philip Wentworth
+managed to cross them, and found a fertile plateau to the westward.
+Next year Evans discovered the Lachlan and Macquarie rivers, and
+penetrated farther into the Bathurst plains. In 1828-29 Captain
+Sturt increased the knowledge of the interior by tracing the course
+of the two great rivers Darling and Murray. In 1848 the German
+explorer Leichhardt lost his life in an attempt to penetrate the
+interior northward; but in 1860 two explorers, named Burke and Wills,
+managed to pass from south to north along the east coast; while, in
+the four years 1858 to 1862, John M'Dowall Stuart performed the
+still more difficult feat of crossing the centre of the continent
+from south to north, in order to trace a course
+<a name="page_170"><span class="page">Page 170</span></a>
+for the telegraphic line which was shortly afterwards erected.
+By this time settlements had sprung up throughout the whole coast
+of Eastern Australia, and there only remained the western desert
+to be explored. This was effected in two journeys of John Forrest,
+between 1868 and 1874, who penetrated from Western Australia as
+far as the central telegraphic line; while, between 1872 and 1876,
+Ernest Giles performed the same feat to the north. Quite recently, in
+1897, these two routes were joined by the journey of the Honourable
+Daniel Carnegie from the Coolgardie gold fields in the south to
+those of Kimberley in the north. These explorations, while adding
+to our knowledge of the interior of Australia, have only confirmed
+the impression that it was not worth knowing.
+</p>
+
+<p class="authority">
+[<i>Authorities:</i> Rev. G. Grimm, <i>Discovsry and Exploration
+of Australia</i> (Melbourne, 1888); A. F. Calvert, <i>Discovery
+of Australia</i>, 1893; <i>Exploration of Australia</i>, 1895;
+<i>Early Voyages to Australia</i>, Hakluyt Society.]
+</p>
+
+<h2>
+<a name="page_171"><span class="page">Page 171</span></a>
+CHAPTER XI
+</h2>
+
+<p class="subtitle">
+EXPLORATION AND PARTITION OF AFRICA:
+PARK&mdash;LIVINGSTONE&mdash;STANLEY
+</p>
+
+<p class="indent">
+We have seen how the Portuguese had slowly coasted along the shore
+of Africa during the fifteeenth century in search of a way to the
+Indies. By the end of the century mariners <i>portulanos</i> gave
+a rude yet effective account of the littoral of Africa, both on the
+west and the eastern side. Not alone did they explore the coast, but
+they settled upon it. At Amina on the Guinea coast, at Loando near
+the Congo, and at Benguela on the western coast, they established
+stations whence to despatch the gold and ivory, and, above all, the
+slaves, which turned out to be the chief African products of use
+to Europeans. On the east coast they settled at Sofala, a port of
+Mozambique; and in Zanzibar they possessed no less than three ports,
+those first visited by Vasco da Gama and afterwards celebrated by
+Milton in the sonorous line contained in the gorgeous geographical
+excursus in the Eleventh Book&mdash;
+</p>
+
+<p class="bquote">
+"Mombaza and Quiloa and Melind."<br>
+&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&mdash;<i>Paradise Lost</i>, xi. 339.
+</p>
+
+<p class="indent">
+<a name="page_172"><span class="page">Page 172</span></a>
+It is probable that, besides settling on the coast, the Portuguese
+from time to time made explorations into the interior. At any rate,
+in some maps of the sixteenth and seventeenth century there is
+shown a remarkable knowledge of the course of the Nile. We get
+it terminated in three large lakes, which can be scarcely other
+than the Victoria and Albert Nyanza, and Tanganyika. The Mountains
+of the Moon also figure prominently, and it was only almost the
+other day that Mr. Stanley re-discovered them. It is difficult,
+however, to determine how far these entries on the Portuguese maps
+were due to actual knowledge or report, or to the traditions of a
+still earlier knowledge of these lakes and mountains; for in the
+maps accompanying the early editions of Ptolemy we likewise obtain
+the same information, which is repeated by the Arabic geographers,
+obviously from Ptolemy, and not from actual observation. When the
+two great French cartographers Delisle and D'Anville determined
+not to insert anything on their maps for which they had not some
+evidence, these lakes and mountains disappeared, and thus it has
+come about that maps of the seventeenth century often appear to
+display more knowledge of the interior of Africa than those of the
+beginning of the nineteenth, at least with regard to the sources
+of the Nile.
+</p>
+
+<p class="indent">
+African exploration of the interior begins with the search for
+the sources of the Nile, and has been mainly concluded by the
+determination of the course of the three other great rivers, the
+Niger, the Zambesi, and the Congo. It is
+<a name="page_173"><span class="page">Page 173</span></a>
+remarkable that all four rivers have had their course determined
+by persons of British nationality. The names of Bruce and Grant
+will always be associated with the Nile, that of Mungo Park with
+the Niger, Dr. Livingstone with the Zambesi, and Mr. Stanley with
+
+<span style="float: left; width: 100%; text-align: center;">
+<span style="margin: 8px; width: 447px;
+ font-size: smaller; text-align: center;">
+<img src="images/fig021.jpg" width="448" height="428" alt="Fig. 21">
+<br />
+DAPPER'S MAP OF AFRICA, 1676.
+</span>
+</span>
+
+the Congo. It is not inappropriate that, except in the case of
+the Congo, England should control the course of the rivers which
+her sons first made accessible to civilisation.
+</p>
+
+<p class="indent">
+<a name="page_174"><span class="page">Page 174</span></a>
+We have seen that there was an ancient tradition reported by Herodotus,
+that the Nile trended off to the west and became there the river
+Niger; while still earlier there was an impression that part of
+it at any rate wandered eastward, and some way joined on to the
+same source as the Tigris and Euphrates&mdash;at least that seems
+to be the suggestion in the biblical account of Paradise. Whatever
+the reason, the greatest uncertainty existed as to the actual course
+of the river, and to discover the source of the Nile was for many
+centuries the standing expression for performing the impossible. In
+1768, James Bruce, a Scottish gentleman of position, set out with
+the determination of solving this mystery&mdash;a determination
+which he had made in early youth, and carried out with characteristic
+pertinacity. He had acquired a certain amount of knowledge of Arabic
+and acquaintance with African customs as Consul at Algiers. He went
+up the Nile as far as Farsunt, and then crossed the desert to the Red
+Sea, went over to Jedda, from which he took ship for Massowah, and
+began his search for the sources of the Nile in Abyssinia. He visited
+the ruins of Axum, the former capital, and in the neighbourhood of
+that place saw the incident with which his travels have always
+been associated, in which a couple of rump-steaks were extracted
+from a cow while alive, the wound sewn up, and the animal driven
+on farther.
+</p>
+
+<p class="indent">
+Here, guided by some Gallas, he worked his way up the Blue Nile to
+the three fountains, which he declared to be the true sources of the
+<a name="page_175"><span class="page">Page 175</span></a>
+Nile, and identified with the three mysterious lakes in the old
+maps. From there he worked his way down the Nile, reaching Cairo
+in 1773. Of course what he had discovered was merely the source
+of the Blue Nile, and even this had been previously visited by a
+Portuguese traveller named Payz. But the interesting adventures
+which he experienced, and the interesting style in which he told
+them, aroused universal attention, which was perhaps increased
+by the fact that his journey was undertaken purely from love of
+adventure and discovery. The year 1768 is distinguished by the
+two journeys of James Cook and James Bruce, both of them expressly
+for purposes of geographical discovery, and thus inaugurating the
+era of what may be called scientific exploration. Ten years later
+an association was formed named the African Association, expressly
+intended to explore the unknown parts of Africa, and the first
+geographical society called into existence. In 1795 MUNGO PARK was
+despatched by the Association to the west coast. He started from
+the Gambia, and after many adventures, in which he was captured
+by the Moors, arrived at the banks of the Niger, which he traced
+along its middle course, but failed to reach as far as Timbuctoo.
+He made a second attempt in 1805, hoping by sailing down the Niger
+to prove its identity with the river known at its mouth as the
+Congo; but he was forced to return, and died at Boussa, without
+having determined the remaining course of the Niger.
+</p>
+
+<p class="indent">
+Attention was thus drawn to the existence
+<a name="page_176"><span class="page">Page 176</span></a>
+of the mysterious city of Timbuctoo, of which Mungo Park had brought
+back curious rumours on his return from his first journey. This
+was visited in 1811 by a British seaman named Adams, who had been
+wrecked on the Moorish coast, and taken as a slave by the Moors
+across to Timbuctoo. He was ultimately ransomed by the British
+consul at Mogador, and his account revived interest in West African
+exploration. Attempts were made to penetrate the secret of the Niger,
+both from Senegambia and from the Congo, but both were failures,
+and a fresh method was adopted, possibly owing to Adams' experience
+in the attempt to reach the Niger by the caravan routes across the
+Sahara. In 1822 Major Denham and Lieutenant Clapperton left Murzouk,
+the capital of Fezzan, and made their way to Lake Chad and thence to
+Bornu. Clapperton, later on, again visited the Niger from Benin.
+Altogether these two travellers added some two thousand miles of
+route to our knowledge of, West Africa. In 1826-27 Timbuctoo was at
+last visited by two Europeans&mdash;Major Laing in the former year,
+who was murdered there; and a young Frenchman, R&eacute;n&eacute;
+Cailli&eacute;, in the latter. His account aroused great interest,
+and Tennyson began his poetic career by a prize-poem on the subject
+of the mysterious African capital.
+</p>
+
+<p class="indent">
+It was not till 1850 that the work of Denham and Clapperton was
+again taken up by Barth, who for five years explored the whole
+country to the west of Lake Chad, visiting Timbuctoo, and connecting
+the lines of route of Clapperton
+<a name="page_177"><span class="page">Page 177</span></a>
+and Cailli&eacute;. What he did for the west of Lake Chad was
+accomplished by Nachtigall east of that lake in Darfur and Wadai, in
+a journey which likewise took five years (1869-74). Of recent years
+political interests have caused numerous expeditions, especially by
+the French to connect their possessions in Algeria and Tunis with
+those on the Gold Coast and on the Senegal.
+</p>
+
+<p class="indent">
+The next stage in African exploration is connected with the name
+of the man to whom can be traced practically the whole of recent
+discoveries. By his tact in dealing with the natives, by his calm
+pertinacity and dauntless courage, DAVID LIVINGSTONE succeeded
+in opening up the entirely unknown districts of Central Africa.
+Starting from the Cape in 1849, he worked his way northward to the
+Zambesi, and then to Lake Dilolo, and after five years' wandering
+reached the western coast of Africa at Loanda. Then retracing his
+steps to the Zambesi again, he followed its course to its mouth
+on the east coast, thus for the first time crossing Africa from
+west to east. In a second journey, on which he started in 1858,
+he commenced tracing the course of the river Shir&eacute;, the
+most important affluent of the Zambesi, and in so doing arrived
+on the shores of Lake Nyassa in September 1859.
+</p>
+
+<p class="indent">
+Meanwhile two explorers, Captain (afterwards Sir Richard) Burton
+and Captain Speke, had started from Zanzibar to discover a lake of
+which rumours had for a long time been heard, and in the following
+year succeeded in reaching
+<a name="page_178"><span class="page">Page 178</span></a>
+Lake Tanganyika. On their return Speke parted from Burton and took
+a route more to the north, from which he saw another great lake,
+which afterwards turned out to be the Victoria Nyanza. In 1860, with
+another companion (Captain Grant), Speke returned to the Victoria
+Nyanza, and traced out its course. On the north of it they found
+a great river trending to the north, which they followed as far
+as Gondokoro. Here they found Mr. (afterwards Sir Samuel) Baker,
+who had travelled up the White Nile to investigate its source,
+which they thus proved to be in the Lake Victoria Nyanza. Baker
+continued his search, and succeeded in showing that another source
+of the Nile was to be found in a smaller lake to the west, which
+he named Albert Nyanza. Thus these three Englishmen had combined
+to solve the long-sought problem of the sources of the Nile.
+</p>
+
+<p class="indent">
+The discoveries of the Englishmen were soon followed up by important
+political action by the Khedive of Egypt, Ismail Pasha, who claimed
+the whole course of the Nile as part of his dominions, and established
+stations all along it. This, of course, led to full information about
+the basin of the Nile being acquired for geographical purposes, and,
+under Sir Samuel Baker and Colonel Gordon, civilisation was for a
+time in possession of the Nile from its source to its mouth.
+</p>
+
+<p class="indent">
+Meanwhile Livingstone had set himself to solve the problem of the
+great Lake Tanganyika, and started on his last journey in 1865
+for that purpose. He discovered Lakes Moero
+<a name="page_179"><span class="page">Page 179</span></a>
+and Bangweolo, and the river Nyangoue, also known as Lualaba. So
+much interest had been aroused by Livingstone's previous exploits
+of discovery, that when nothing had been heard of him for some
+time, in 1869 Mr. H. M. Stanley was sent by the proprietors of
+the <i>New York Herald</i>, for whom he had previously acted as
+war-correspondent, to find Livingstone. He started in 1871 from
+Zanzibar, and before the end of the year had come across a white man
+in the heart of the Dark Continent, and greeted him with the historic
+query, "Dr. Livingstone, I presume?" Two years later Livingstone
+died, a martyr to geographical and missionary enthusiasm. His work
+was taken up by Mr. Stanley, who in 1876 was again despatched to
+continue Livingstone's work, and succeeded in crossing the Dark
+Continent from Zanzibar to the mouth of the Congo, the whole course
+of which he traced, proving that the Lualaba or Nyangoue were merely
+different names or affluents of this mighty stream. Stanley's remarkable
+journey completed the rough outline of African geography by defining
+the course of the fourth great river of the continent.
+</p>
+
+<p class="indent">
+But Stanley's journey across the Dark Continent was destined to be
+the starting-point of an entirely new development of the African
+problem. Even while Stanley was on his journey a conference had been
+assembled at Brussels by King Leopold, in which an international
+committee was formed representing all the nations of Europe, nominally
+for the exploration of Africa, but, as it turned out, really for
+its partition
+<a name="page_180"><span class="page">Page 180</span></a>
+among the European powers. Within fifteen years of the assembly
+of the conference the interior of Africa had been parcelled out,
+mainly among the five powers, England, France, Germany, Portugal,
+and Belgium. As in the case of America, geographical discovery
+was soon followed by political division.
+</p>
+
+<div style="width: 100%; text-align: center;">
+<span style="margin: 8px; width: 452px;
+ font-size: smaller; text-align: center;">
+<img src="images/fig022.jpg" width="456" height="767" alt="Fig. 22">
+<br />
+EXPLORATION AND PARTITION OF AFRICA.
+</span>
+</div>
+
+<p class="indent">
+The process began by the carving out of a state covering the whole
+of the newly-discovered Congo, nominally independent, but really
+forming a colony of Belgium, King Leopold supplying the funds for
+that purpose. Mr. Stanley was despatched in 1879 to establish stations
+along the lower course of the river, but, to his surprise, he found
+that he had been anticipated by M. de Brazza, a Portuguese in the
+service of France, who had been despatched on a secret mission to
+anticipate the King of the Belgians in seizing the important river
+mouth. At the same time Portugal put in claims for possession of
+the Congo mouth, and it became clear that international rivalries
+would interfere with the foundation of any state on the Congo unless
+some definite international arrangement was arrived at. Almost
+about the same time, in 1880, Germany began to enter the field
+as a colonising power in Africa. In South-West Africa and in the
+Cameroons, and somewhat later in Zanzibar, claims were set up on
+behalf of Germany by Prince Bismarck which conflicted with English
+interests in those districts, and under his presidency a Congress
+was held at Berlin in the winter of 1884-85 to determine the rules
+of the claims by which Africa could be partitioned.
+<a name="page_182"><span class="page">Page 182</span></a>
+The old historic claims of Portugal to the coast of Africa, on
+which she had established stations both on the west and eastern
+side, were swept away by the principle that only effective occupation
+could furnish a claim of sovereignty. This great principle will rule
+henceforth the whole course of African history; in other words,
+the good old Border rule&mdash;
+</p>
+
+<p class="bquote">
+"That they should take who have the power.<br>
+&nbsp;And they should keep who can."
+</p>
+
+<p class="indent">
+Almost immediately after the sitting of the Berlin Congress, and
+indeed during it, arrangements were come to by which the respective
+claims of England and Germany in South-West Africa were definitely
+determined. Almost immediately afterwards a similar process had to
+be gone through in order to determine the limits of the respective
+"spheres of influence," as they began to be called, of Germany and
+England in East Africa. A Chartered Company, called the British East
+Africa Association, was to administer the land north of Victoria Nyanza
+bounded on the west by the Congo Free State, while to the north it
+extended till it touched the revolted provinces of Egypt, of which
+we shall soon speak. In South Africa a similar Chartered Company,
+under the influence of Mr. Cecil Rhodes, practically controlled the
+whole country from Cape Colony up to German East Africa and the
+Congo Free State.
+</p>
+
+<p class="indent">
+The winter of 1890-91 was especially productive of agreements of
+demarcation. After a considerable amount of friction owing to
+<a name="page_183"><span class="page">Page 183</span></a>
+the encroachments of Major Serpa Pinto, the limits of Portuguese
+Angola on the west coast were then determined, being bounded on
+the east by the Congo Free State and British Central Africa; and
+at the same time Portuguese East Africa was settled in its relation
+both to British Central Africa on the west and German East Africa
+on the north. Meanwhile Italy had put in its claims for a share in
+the spoil, and the eastern horn of Africa, together with Abyssinia,
+fell to its share, though it soon had to drop it, owing to the
+unexpected vitality shown by the Abyssinians. In the same year
+(1890) agreements between Germany and England settled the line of
+demarcation between the Cameroons and Togoland, with the adjoining
+British territories; while in August of the same year an attempt
+was made to limit the abnormal pretensions of the French along
+the Niger, and as far as Lake Chad. Here the British interests
+were represented by another Chartered Company, the Royal Niger
+Company. Unfortunately the delimitation was not very definite,
+not being by river courses or meridians as in other cases, but
+merely by territories ruled over by native chiefs, whose boundaries
+were not then particularly distinct. This has led to considerable
+friction, lasting even up to the present day; and it is only with
+reference to the demarcation between England and France in Africa
+that any doubt still remains with regard to the western and central
+portions of the continent.
+</p>
+
+<p class="indent">
+Towards the north-east the problem of delimitation had been complicated
+by political
+<a name="page_184"><span class="page">Page 184</span></a>
+events, which ultimately led to another great exploring expedition
+by Mr. Stanley. The extension of Egypt into the Equatorial Provinces
+under Ismail Pasha, due in large measure to the geographical discoveries
+of Grant, Speke, and Baker, led to an enormous accumulation of
+debt, which caused the country to become bankrupt, Ismail Pasha
+to be deposed, and Egypt to be administered jointly by France and
+England on behalf of the European bondholders. This caused much
+dissatisfaction on the part of the Egyptian officials and army
+officers, who were displaced by French and English officials; and
+a rebellion broke out under Arabi Pasha. This led to the armed
+intervention of England, France having refused to co-operate, and
+Egypt was occupied by British troops. The Soudan and Equatorial
+Provinces had independently revolted under Mohammedan fanaticism,
+and it was determined to relinquish those Egyptian possessions,
+which had originally led to bankruptcy. General Gordon was despatched
+to relieve the various Egyptian garrisons in the south, but being
+without support, ultimately failed, and was killed in 1885. One
+of Gordon's lieutenants, a German named Schnitzler, who appears
+to have adopted Mohammedanism, and was known as Emin Pasha, was
+thus isolated in the midst of Africa near the Albert Nyanza, and
+Mr. Stanley was commissioned to attempt his rescue in 1887. He
+started to march through the Congo State, and succeeded in traversing
+a huge tract of forest country inhabited by diminutive savages,
+who probably represented
+<a name="page_185"><span class="page">Page 185</span></a>
+the Pigmies of the ancients. He succeeded in reaching Emin Pasha,
+and after much persuasion induced him to accompany him to Zanzibar,
+only, however, to return as a German agent to the Albert Nyanza. Mr.
+Stanley's journey on this occasion was not without its political
+aspects, since he made arrangements during the eastern part of his
+journey for securing British influence for the lands afterwards
+handed over to the British East Africa Company.
+</p>
+
+<p class="indent">
+All these political delimitations were naturally accompanied by
+explorations, partly scientific, but mainly political. Major Serpa
+Pinto twice crossed Africa in an attempt to connect the Portuguese
+settlements on the two coasts. Similarly, Lieutenant Wissmann also
+crossed Africa twice, between 1881 and 1887, in the interests of
+the Congo State, though he ultimately became an official of his
+native country, Germany. Captain Lugard had investigated the region
+between the three Lakes Nyanza, and secured it for Great Britain.
+In South Africa British claims were successfully and successively
+advanced to Bechuana-land, Mashona-land, and Matabele-land, and,
+under the leadership of Mr. Cecil Rhodes, a railway and telegraph
+were rapidly pushed forward towards the north. Owing to the enterprise
+of Mr. (now Sir H. H.) Johnstone, the British possessions were in
+1891 pushed up as far as Nyassa-land. By that date, as we have
+seen, various treaties with Germany and Portugal had definitely
+fixed the contour lines of the different possessions of the three
+countries in South Africa. By 1891 the interior
+<a name="page_186"><span class="page">Page 186</span></a>
+of Africa, which had up to 1880 been practically a blank, could
+be mapped out almost with as much accuracy as, at any rate, South
+America. Europe had taken possession of Africa.
+</p>
+
+<p class="indent">
+One of the chief results of this, and formally one of its main
+motives, was the abolition of the slave trade. North Africa has
+been Mohammedan since the eighth century, and Islam has always
+recognised slavery, consequently the Arabs of the north have continued
+to make raids upon the negroes of Central Africa, to supply the
+Mohammedan countries of West Asia and North Africa with slaves.
+The Mahdist rebellion was in part at least a reaction against the
+abolition of slavery by Egypt, and the interest of the next few
+years will consist in the last stand of the slave merchants in
+the Soudan, in Darfur, and in Wadai, east of Lake Chad, where the
+only powerful independent Mohammedan Sultanate still exists. England
+is closely pressing upon the revolted provinces, along the upper
+course of the Nile; while France is attempting, by expeditions
+from the French Congo and through Abyssinia, to take possession
+of the Upper Nile before England conquers it. The race for the
+Upper Nile is at present one of the sources of danger of European
+war.
+</p>
+
+<p class="indent">
+While exploration and conquest have either gone hand in hand, or
+succeeded one another very closely, there has been a third motive
+that has often led to interesting discoveries, to be followed by
+annexation. The mighty hunters of Africa have often brought back,
+not alone
+<a name="page_187"><span class="page">Page 187</span></a>
+ivory and skins, but also interesting information of the interior.
+The gorgeous narratives of Gordon Cumming in the "fifties" were
+one of the causes which led to an interest in African exploration.
+Many a lad has had his imagination fired and his career determined
+by the exploits of Gordon Cumming, which are now, however, almost
+forgotten. Mr. F. C. Selous has in our time surpassed even Gordon
+Cumming's exploits, and has besides done excellent work as guide
+for the successive expeditions into South Africa.
+</p>
+
+<p class="indent">
+Thus, practically within our own time, the interior of Africa, where
+once geographers, as the poet Butler puts it, "placed elephants instead
+of towns," has become known, in its main outlines, by successive
+series of intrepid explorers, who have often had to be warriors as
+well as scientific men. Whatever the motives that have led the white
+man into the centre of the Dark Continent&mdash;love of adventure,
+scientific curiosity, big game, or patriotism&mdash;the result
+has been that the continent has become known instead of merely
+its coast-line. On the whole, English exploration has been the
+main means by which our knowledge of the interior of Africa has
+been obtained, and England has been richly rewarded by coming into
+possession of the most promising parts of the continent&mdash;the
+Nile valley and temperate South Africa. But France has also gained
+a huge extent of country covering almost the whole of North-West
+Africa. While much of this is merely desert, there are caravan
+routes which
+<a name="page_188"><span class="page">Page 188</span></a>
+tap the basin of the Niger and conduct its products to Algeria,
+conquered by France early in the century, and to Tunis, more recently
+appropriated. The West African provinces of France have, at any
+rate, this advantage, that they are nearer to the mother-country
+than any other colony of a European power; and the result may be
+that African soldiers may one of these days fight for France on
+European soil, just as the Indian soldiers were imported to Cyprus
+by Lord Beaconsfield in 1876. Meanwhile, the result of all this
+international ambition has been that Africa in its entirety is
+now known and accessible to European civilisation.
+</p>
+
+<p class="authority">
+[<i>Authorities:</i> Kiepert, <i>Beitr&auml;gge zur
+Entdeckungsgeschichte Afrikas</i>, 1873; Brown, <i>The Story of
+Africa</i>, 4 vols., 1894; Scott Keltie, <i>The Partition of Africa</i>,
+1896.]
+</p>
+
+<h2>
+<a name="page_189"><span class="page">Page 189</span></a>
+CHAPTER XII
+</h2>
+
+<p class="subtitle">
+THE POLES&mdash;FRANKLIN&mdash;ROSS&mdash;NORDENSKIOLD&mdash;NANSEN
+</p>
+
+<p class="indent">
+Almost the whole of the explorations which we have hitherto described
+or referred to had for their motive some practical purpose, whether
+to reach the Spice Islands or to hunt big game. Even the excursions
+of Davis, Frobisher, Hudson, and Baffin in pursuit of the north-west
+passage, and of Barentz and Chancellor in search of the north-east
+passage, were really in pursuit of mercantile ends. It is only with
+James Cook that the era of purely scientific exploration begins,
+though it is fair to qualify this statement by observing that the
+Russian expedition under Behring, already referred to, was ordered
+by Peter the Great to determine a strictly geographical problem,
+though doubtless it had its bearings on Russian ambitions. Behring
+and Cook between them, as we have seen, settled the problem of the
+relations existing between the ends of the two continents Asia and
+America, but what remained still to the north of <i>terra firma</i>
+within the Arctic Circle? That was the problem which the nineteenth
+century set itself to solve, and has very nearly succeeded in the
+solution. For
+<a name="page_190"><span class="page">Page 190</span></a>
+the Arctic Circle we now possess maps that only show blanks over
+a few thousand square miles.
+</p>
+
+<p class="indent">
+This knowledge has been gained by slow degrees, and by the exercise
+of the most heroic courage and endurance. It is a heroic tate, in
+which love of adventure and zeal for science have combated with
+and conquered the horrors of an Arctic winter, the six months'
+darkness in silence and desolation, the excessive cold, and the
+dangers of starvation. It is impossible here to go into any of
+the details which rendered the tale of Arctic voyages one of the
+most stirring in human history. All we are concerned with here is
+the amount of new knowledge brought back by successive expeditions
+within the Arctic Circle.
+</p>
+
+<p class="indent">
+This region of the earth's surface is distinguished by a number
+of large islands in the eastern hemisphere, most of which were
+discovered at an early date. We have seen how the Norsemen landed
+and settled upon Greenland as early as the tenth century. Burrough
+sighted Nova Zembla in 1556; in one of the voyages in search of the
+north-east passage, though the very name (Russian for Newfoundland)
+implies that it had previously been sighted and named by Russian
+seamen. Barentz is credited with having sighted Spitzbergen. The
+numerous islands to the north of Siberia became known through the
+Russian investigations of Discheneff, Behring, and their followers;
+while the intricate network of islands to the north of the continent
+of North America had been slowly worked out during the search for
+the north-west passage.
+<a name="page_191"><span class="page">Page 191</span></a>
+It was indeed in pursuit of this will-of-the-wisp that most of the
+discoveries in the Arctic Circle were made, and a general impetus
+given to Arctic exploration.
+</p>
+
+<p class="indent">
+It is with a renewed attempt after this search that the modern
+history of Arctic exploration begins. In 1818 two expeditions were
+sent under the influence of Sir Joseph Banks to search the north-west
+passage, and to attempt to reach the Pole. The former was the objective
+of John Ross in the <i>Isabella</i> and W. E. Parry in the
+<i>Alexander</i>, while in the Polar exploration John Franklin
+sailed in the <i>Trent</i>. Both expeditions were unsuccessful,
+though Ross and Parry confirmed Baffin's discoveries. Notwithstanding
+this, two expeditions were sent two years later to attempt the
+north-west passage, one by land under Franklin, and the other by
+sea under Parry. Parry managed to get half-way across the top of
+North America, discovered the archipelago named after him, and
+reached 114&deg; West longitude, thereby gaining the prize of
+&pound;5000 given by the British Parliament for the first seaman
+that sailed west of the 110th meridian. He was brought up, however,
+by Banks Land, while the strait which, if he had known it, would
+have enabled him to complete the north-west passage, was at that
+time closed by ice. In two successive voyages, in 1822 and 1824,
+Parry increased the detailed knowledge of the coasts he had already
+discovered, but failed to reach even as far westward as he had done
+on his first voyage. This somewhat discouraged Government attempts
+at exploration,
+<a name="page_192"><span class="page">Page 192</span></a>
+and the next expedition, in 1829, was fitted out by Mr. Felix Booth,
+sheriff of London, who despatched the paddle steamer <i>Victory</i>,
+commanded by John Ross. He discovered the land known as Boothia
+Felix, and his nephew, James C. Ross, proved that it belonged to
+the mainland of America, which he coasted along by land to Cape
+Franklin, besides determining the exact position of the North Magnetic
+Pole at Cape Adelaide, on Boothia Felix. After passing five years
+within the Arctic Circle, Ross and his companions, who had been
+compelled to abandon the <i>Victory</i>, fell in with a whaler,
+which brought them home.
+</p>
+
+<p class="indent">
+We must now revert to Franklin, who, as we have seen, had been
+despatched by the Admiralty to outline the north coast of America,
+only two points of which had been determined, the embouchures of
+the Coppermine and the Mackenzie, discovered respectively by Hearne
+and Mackenzie. It was not till 1821 that Franklin was able to start
+out from the mouth of the Coppermine eastward in two canoes, by
+which he coasted along till he came to the point named by him Point
+Turn-again. By that time only three days' stores of pemmican remained,
+and it was only with the greatest difficulty, and by subsisting
+on lichens and scraps of roasted leather, that they managed to
+return to their base of operations at Fort Enterprise. Four years
+later, in 1825, Franklin set out on another exploring expedition
+with the same object, starting this time from the mouth of the
+Mackenzie river, and despatching one of his companions,
+<a name="page_193"><span class="page">Page 193</span></a>
+Richardson, to connect the coast between the Mackenzie and the
+Coppermine; while he himself proceeded westward to meet the Blossom,
+which, under Captain Beechey, had been despatched to Behring Strait
+to bring his party back. Richardson was entirely successful in
+examining the coast-line between the Mackenzie and the Coppermine;
+but Beechey, though he succeeded in rounding Icy Cape and tracing
+the coast as far as Point Barrow, did not come up to Franklin, who
+had only got within 160 miles at Return Reef. These 160 miles, as
+well as the 222 miles intervening between Cape Turn-again, Franklin's
+easternmost point by land, and Cape Franklin, J. C. Ross's most
+westerly point, were afterwards filled in by T. Simpson in 1837,
+after a coasting voyage in boats of 1408 miles, which stands as a
+record even to this day. Meanwhile the Great Fish River had been
+discovered and followed to its mouth by C. J. Back in 1833. During
+the voyage down the river, an oar broke while the boat was shooting
+a rapid, and one of the party commenced praying in a loud voice;
+whereupon the leader called out: "Is this a time for praying? Pull
+your starboard oar!"
+</p>
+
+<p class="indent">
+Meanwhile, interest had been excited rather more towards the South
+Pole, and the land of which Cook had found traces in his search
+for the fabled Australian continent surrounding it. He had reached
+as far south as 71.10&deg;, when he was brought up by the great
+ice barrier. In 1820-23 Weddell visited the South Shetlands, south
+of Cape Horn, and found an active
+<a name="page_194"><span class="page">Page 194</span></a>
+volcano, even amidst the extreme cold of that district. He reached
+as far south as 74&deg;, but failed to come across land in that
+district. In 1839 Bellany discovered the islands named after him,
+with a volcano twelve thousand feet high, and another still active
+on Buckle Island. In 1839 a French expedition under Dumont d'Urville
+again visited and explored the South Shetlands; while, in the following
+year, Captain Wilkes, of the United States navy, discovered the
+land named after him. But the most remarkable discovery made in
+Antarctica was that of Sir J. C. Ross, who had been sent by the
+Admiralty in 1840 to identify the South Magnetic Pole, as we have
+seen he had discovered that of the north. With the two ships
+<i>Erebus</i> and <i>Terror</i> he discovered Victoria Land and
+the two active volcanoes named after his ships, and pouring forth
+flaming lava, amidst the snow. In January 1842 he reached farthest
+south, 76&deg;. Since his time little has been attempted in the
+south, though in the winter of 1894-95 C. E. Borchgrevink again
+visited Victoria Land.
+</p>
+
+<div style="width: 100%; text-align: center;">
+<span style="margin: 8px; width: 362px;
+ font-size: smaller; text-align: center;">
+<img src="images/fig023.jpg" width="369" height="699" alt="Fig. 23">
+<br />
+NORTH POLAR REGION&mdash;WESTERN HALF.
+</span>
+</div>
+
+<p class="indent">
+On the return of the <i>Erebus</i> and <i>Terror</i> from the South
+Seas the government placed these two vessels at the disposal of
+Franklin (who had been knighted for his previous discoveries), and
+on the 26th of May 1845 he started with one hundred and twenty-nine
+souls on board the two vessels, which were provisioned up to July
+1848. They were last seen by a whaler on the 26th July of the former
+year waiting to pass into Lancaster Sound. After penetrating as
+<a name="page_196"><span class="page">Page 196</span></a>
+far north as 77&deg;, through Wellington Channel, Franklin was
+obliged to winter upon Beechey Island, and in the following year
+(September 1846) his two ships were beset in Victoria Strait, about
+twelve miles from King William Land. Curiously enough, in the following
+year (1847) J. Rae had been despatched by land from Cape Repulse
+in Hudson's Bay, and had coasted along the east coast of Boothia,
+thus connecting Ross's and Franklin's coast journeys with Hudson's
+Bay. On 18th April 1847 Rae had reached a point on Boothia less
+than 150 miles from Franklin on the other side of it. Less than two
+months later, on the 11th June, Franklin died on the <i>Erebus</i>.
+His ships were only provisioned to July 1848, and remained still
+beset throughout the whole of 1847. Crozier, upon whom the command
+devolved, left the ship with one hundred and five survivors to
+try and reach Back's Fish River. They struggled along the west
+coast of King William Land, but failed to reach their destination;
+disease, and even starvation, gradually lessened their numbers.
+An old Eskimo woman, who had watched the melancholy procession,
+afterwards told M'Clintock they fell down and died as they walked.
+</p>
+
+<p class="indent">
+By this time considerable anxiety had been roused by the absence of
+any news from Franklin's party. Richardson and Rae were despatched
+by land in 1848, while two ships were sent on the attempt to reach
+Franklin through Behring Strait, and two others, the <i>Investigator</i>
+and the <i>Enterprise</i>, under J. C. Ross, through Baffin Bay.
+Rae reached the east coast of Victoria
+<a name="page_197"><span class="page">Page 197</span></a>
+Land, and arrived within fifty miles of the spot where Franklin's two
+ships had been abandoned; but it was not till his second expedition
+by land, which started in 1853, that he obtained any news. After
+wintering at Lady Pelly Bay, on the 20th April 1854 Rae met a young
+Eskimo, who told him that four years previously forty white men
+had been seen dragging a boat to the south on the west shore of
+King William Land, and a few months later the bodies of thirty
+of these men had been found by the Eskimo, who produced silver
+with the Franklin crest to confirm the truth of their statement.
+Further searches by land were continued up to as late as 1879,
+when Lieutenant F. Schwatka, of the United States army, discovered
+several of the graves and skeletons of the Franklin expedition.
+</p>
+
+<p class="indent">
+Neither of the two attempts by sea from the Atlantic or from the
+Pacific base, in 1848, having succeeded in gaining any news, the
+<i>Enterprise</i> and the <i>Investigator</i>, which had previously
+attempted to reach Franklin from the east, were despatched in 1850,
+under Captain R. Collinson and Captain M'Clure; to attempt the
+search from the west through Behring Strait. M'Clure, in the
+<i>Investigator</i>, did not wait for Collinson, as he had been
+directed, but pushed on and discovered Banks Land, and became beset
+in the ice in Prince of Wales Strait. In the winter of 1850-51 he
+endeavoured unsuccessfully to work his way from this strait into
+Parry Sound, but in August and September 1851 managed to coast
+round Banks Land to its most north-westerly
+<a name="page_198"><span class="page">Page 198</span></a>
+point, and then succeeded in passing through the strait named after
+M'Clure, and reached Barrow Strait, thus performing for the first
+time the north-west passage, though it was not till 1853 that the
+<i>Investigator</i> was abandoned. Collinson, in the <i>Enterprise</i>,
+followed M'Clure closely, though never reaching him, and attempting
+to round Prince Albert Land by the south through Dolphin Strait,
+reached Cambridge Bay at the nearest point by ship of all the Franklin
+expeditions. He had to return westward, and only reached England
+in 1855, after an absence of five years and four months.
+</p>
+
+<p class="indent">
+From the east no less than ten vessels had attempted the Franklin
+sea search in 1851, comprising two Admiralty expeditions, one private
+English one, an American combined government and private party,
+together with a ship put in commission by the wifely devotion of
+Lady Franklin. These all attempted the search of Lancaster Sound,
+where Franklin had last been seen, and they only succeeded in finding
+three graves of men who had died at an early stage, and had been
+buried on Beechey Island. Another set of four vessels were despatched
+under Sir Edward Belcher in 1852, who were fortunate enough to
+reach M'Clure in the <i>Investigator</i> in the following year,
+and enabled him to complete the north-west passage, for which he
+gained the reward of &pound;10,000 offered by Parliament in 1763. But
+Belcher was obliged to abandon most of his vessels, one of which,
+the <i>Resolute</i>, drifted over a thousand miles, and having been
+<a name="page_199"><span class="page">Page 199</span></a>
+recovered by an American whaler, was refitted by the United States
+and presented to the queen and people of Great Britain.
+</p>
+
+<p class="indent">
+Notwithstanding all these efforts, the Franklin remains have not
+yet been discovered, though Dr. Rae, as we have seen, had practically
+ascertained their terrible fate. Lady Franklin, however, was not
+satisfied with this vague information. She was determined to fit
+out still another expedition, though already over &pound;35,000 had
+been spent by private means, mostly from her own personal fortune;
+and in 1857 the steam yacht <i>Fox</i> was despatched under M'Clintock,
+who had already shown himself the most capable master of sledge
+work. He erected a monument to the Franklin expedition on Beechey
+Island in 1858, and then following Peel Sound, he made inquiries
+of the natives throughout the winter of 1858-59. This led him to
+search King William Land, where, on the 25th May, he came across
+a bleached human skeleton lying on its face, showing that the man
+had died as he walked. Meanwhile, Hobson, one of his companions,
+discovered a record of the Franklin expedition, stating briefly its
+history between 1845 and 1848; and with this definite information
+of the fate of the Franklin expedition M'Clintock returned to England
+in 1859, having succeeded in solving the problem of Franklin's fate,
+while exploring over 800 miles of coast-line in the neighbourhood
+of King William Land.
+</p>
+
+<p class="indent">
+The result of the various Franklin expeditions had thus been to
+map out the intricate
+<a name="page_200"><span class="page">Page 200</span></a>
+network of islands dotted over the north of North America. None
+of these, however, reached much farther north than 75&deg;.
+</p>
+
+<p class="indent">
+Only Smith Sound promised to lead north of the 80th parallel. This
+had been discovered as early as 1616 by Baffin, whose farthest
+north was only exceeded by forty miles, in 1852, by Inglefield
+in the <i>Isabel</i>, one of the ships despatched in search of
+Franklin. He was followed up by Kane in the <i>Advance</i>, fitted
+out in 1853 by the munificence of two American citizens, Grinnell
+and Peabody. Kane worked his way right through Smith Sound and
+Robeson Channel into the sea named after him. For two years he
+continued investigating Grinnell Land and the adjacent shores of
+Greenland. Subsequent investigations by Hayes in 1860, and Hall
+ten years later, kept alive the interest in Smith Sound and its
+neighbourhood; and in 1873 three ships were despatched under Captain
+(afterwards Sir George) Nares, who nearly completed the survey of
+Grinnell Land, and one of his lieutenants, Pelham Aldrich, succeeded
+in reaching 82.48&deg; N. About the same time, an Austrian expedition
+under Payer and Weyprecht explored the highest known land, much
+to the east, named by them Franz Josef Land, after the Austrian
+Emperor.
+</p>
+
+<div style="width: 100%; text-align: center;">
+<span style="margin: 8px; width: 365px;
+ font-size: smaller; text-align: center;">
+<img src="images/fig024.jpg" width="363" height="704" alt="Fig. 24">
+<br />
+NORTH POLAR REGION&mdash;EASTERN HALF.
+</span>
+</div>
+
+<p class="indent">
+Simultaneously interest in the northern regions was aroused by
+the successful exploit of the north-east passage by Professor
+(afterwards Baron) Nordenskiold, who had made seven or eight voyages
+in Arctic regions between
+<a name="page_202"><span class="page">Page 202</span></a>
+1858 and 1870. He first established the possibility of passing
+from Norway to the mouth of the Yenesei in the summer, making two
+journeys in 1875-76. These have since been followed up for commercial
+purposes by Captain Wiggins, who has frequently passed from England
+to the mouth of the Yenesei in a merchant vessel. As Siberia develops
+there can be little doubt that this route will become of increasing
+commercial importance. Professor Nordenskiold, however, encouraged
+by his easy passage to the Yenesei, determined to try to get round
+into Behring Strait from that point, and in 1878 he started in
+the <i>Vega</i>, accompanied by the <i>Lena</i>, and a collier
+to supply them with coal. On the 19th August they passed Cape
+Chelyuskin, the most northerly point of the Old World. From here
+the <i>Lena</i> appropriately turned its course to the mouth of its
+namesake, while the <i>Vega</i> proceeded on her course, reaching
+on the 12th September Cape North, within 120 miles of Behring Strait;
+this cape Cook had reached from the east in 1778. Unfortunately the
+ice became packed so closely that they could not proceed farther,
+and they had to remain in this tantalising condition for no less
+than ten months. On the 18th July 1879 the ice broke up, and two
+days later the <i>Vega</i> rounded East Cape with flying colours,
+saluting the easternmost coast of Asia in honour of the completion
+of the north-east passage. Baron Nordenskiold has since enjoyed
+a well-earned leisure from his arduous labours in the north
+<a name="page_203"><span class="page">Page 203</span></a>
+by studying and publishing the history of early cartography, on
+which he has issued two valuable atlases, containing fac-similes
+of the maps and charts of the Middle Ages.
+</p>
+
+<p class="indent">
+General interest thus re-aroused in Arctic exploration brought about
+a united effort of all the civilised nations to investigate the
+conditions of the Polar regions. An international Polar Conference
+was held at Hamburg in 1879, at which it was determined to surround
+the North Pole for the years 1882-83 by stations of scientific
+observation, intended to study the conditions of the Polar Ocean. No
+less than fifteen expeditions were sent forth; some to the Antarctic
+regions, but most of them round the North Pole. Their object was
+more to subserve the interest of physical geography than to promote
+the interest of geographical discovery; but one of the expeditions,
+that of the United States under Lieutenant A. W. Greely, again took
+up the study of Smith Sound and its outlets, and one of his men,
+Lieutenant Lockwood, succeeded in reaching 83.24&deg; N., within 450
+miles of the Pole, and up to that time the farthest north reached
+by any human being. The Greely expedition also succeeded in showing
+that Greenland was not so much ice-capped as ice-surrounded.
+</p>
+
+<p class="indent">
+Hitherto the universal method by which discoveries had been made
+in the Polar regions was to establish a base at which sufficient
+food was cached, then to push in any required direction as far
+as possible, leaving
+<a name="page_204"><span class="page">Page 204</span></a>
+successive caches to be returned to when provisions fell short on
+the forward journey. But in 1888, Dr. Fridjof Nansen determined
+on a bolder method of investigating the interior of Greenland. He
+was deposited upon the east coast, where there were no inhabitants,
+and started to cross Greenland, his life depending upon the success
+of his journey, since he left no reserves in the rear and it would
+be useless to return. He succeeded brilliantly in his attempt, and
+his exploit was followed up by two successive attempts of Lieutenant
+Peary in 1892-95, who succeeded in crossing Greenland at much higher
+latitude even than Nansen.
+</p>
+
+<div style="width: 100%; text-align: center;">
+<span style="margin: 8px; width: 408px;
+ font-size: smaller; text-align: center;">
+<img src="images/fig025.jpg" width="419" height="702" alt="Fig. 25">
+<br />
+CLIMBING THE NORTH POLE
+</span>
+</div>
+
+<p class="indent">
+The success of his bold plan encouraged Dr. Nansen to attempt an
+even bolder one. He had become convinced, from the investigations
+conducted by the international Polar observations of 1882-83, that
+there was a continuous drift of the ice across the Arctic Ocean
+from the north-east shore of Siberia. He was confirmed in this
+opinion, by the fact that debris from the <i>Jeannette</i>, a ship
+abandoned in 1881 off the Siberian coast, drifted across to the
+east coast of Greenland by 1884. He had a vessel built for him,
+the now-renowned <i>Fram</i>, especially intended to resist the
+pressure of the ice. Hitherto it had been the chief aim of Arctic
+explorations to avoid besetment, and to try and creep round the
+land shores. Dr. Nansen was convinced that he could best attain
+his ends by boldly disregarding these canons and trusting to the
+<a name="page_206"><span class="page">Page 206</span></a>
+drift of the ice to carry him near to the Pole. He reckoned that the
+drift would take some three years, and provisioned the <i>Fram</i>
+for five. The results of his venturous voyage confirmed in almost
+every particular his remarkable plan, though it was much scouted
+in many quarters when first announced. The drift of the ice carried
+him across the Polar Sea within the three years he had fixed upon
+for the probable duration of his journey; but finding that the
+drift would not carry him far enough north, he left the <i>Fram</i>
+with a companion, and advanced straight towards the Pole, reaching
+in April 1895 farthest north, 86.14&deg;, within nearly 200 miles of
+the Pole. On his return journey he was lucky enough to come across
+Mr. F. Jackson, who in the <i>Windward</i> had established himself
+in 1894 in Franz Josef Land. The rencontre of the two intrepid
+explorers forms an apt parallel of the celebrated encounter of
+Stanley and Livingstone, amidst entirely opposite conditions of
+climate.
+</p>
+
+<p class="indent">
+Nansen's voyage is for the present the final achievement of Arctic
+exploration, but his Greenland method of deserting his base has
+been followed by Andr&eacute;e, who in the autumn of 1897 started
+in a balloon for the Pole, provisioned for a long stay in the Arctic
+regions. Nothing has been heard of him for the last twelve months,
+but after the example of Dr. Nansen there is no reason to fear
+just at present for his safety, and the present year may possibly
+see his return after a successful
+<a name="page_207"><span class="page">Page 207</span></a>
+carrying out of one of the great aims of geographical discovery.
+It is curious that the attention of the world should be at the
+present moment directed to the Arctic regions for the two most
+opposite motives that can be named, lust for gold and the thirst
+for knowledge and honour.
+</p>
+
+<p class="authority">
+[<i>Authorities:</i> Greely, <i>Handbook of Arctic Discoveries</i>,
+1896.]
+</p>
+
+<h2>
+<a name="page_208"><span class="page">Page 208</span></a>
+ANNALS OF DISCOVERY
+</h2>
+
+<table border="0" style="padding: 0px;">
+
+<tr><td style="text-align: right; width: 9em; margin-right: 1em;">B.C.</td>
+ <td>&nbsp;</td></tr>
+
+<tr><td class="contents"><i>cir.</i> 600.</td>
+ <td>Marseilles founded.</td></tr>
+
+<tr><td class="contents">570.</td>
+ <td>Anaximander of Miletus invents maps and the gnomon.</td></tr>
+
+<tr><td class="contents">501.</td>
+ <td>Hecat&aelig;us of Miletus writes the first geography.</td></tr>
+
+<tr><td class="contents">450.</td>
+ <td>Himilco the Carthaginian said to have visited Britain.</td></tr>
+
+<tr><td class="contents">446.</td>
+ <td>Herodotus describes Egypt and Scythia.</td></tr>
+
+<tr><td class="contents"><i>cir.</i> 450.</td>
+ <td>Hanno the Carthaginian sails down the west coast of
+ Africa as far as Sierra Leone.</td></tr>
+
+<tr><td class="contents"><i>cir.</i> 333.</td>
+ <td>Pytheas visits Britain and the Low Countries.</td></tr>
+
+<tr><td class="contents">332.</td>
+ <td>Alexander conquers Persia and visits India.</td></tr>
+
+<tr><td class="contents">330.</td>
+ <td>Nearchus sails from the Indus to the Arabian Gulf.</td></tr>
+
+<tr><td class="contents"><i>cir.</i> 300.</td>
+ <td>Megasthenes describes the Punjab.</td></tr>
+
+<tr><td class="contents"><i>cir.</i> 200.</td>
+ <td>Eratosthenes founds scientific geography.</td></tr>
+
+<tr><td class="contents">100.</td>
+ <td>Marinus of Tyre, founder of mathematical geography.</td></tr>
+
+<tr><td class="contents">60-54.</td>
+ <td>C&aelig;sar conquers Gaul; visits Britain, Switzerland, and
+ Germany.</td></tr>
+
+<tr><td class="contents">20.</td>
+ <td>Strabo describes the Roman Empire. First mention of Thule
+ and Ireland.</td></tr>
+
+<tr><td class="contents"><i>bef.</i> 12.</td>
+ <td>Agrippa compiles a <i>Mappa Mundi</i>, the foundation of
+ all succeeding ones.</td></tr>
+
+<tr><td class="contents">A.D.</td><td>&nbsp;</td></tr>
+
+<tr><td class="contents">150.</td>
+ <td>Ptolemy publishes his geography.</td></tr>
+
+<tr><td class="contents">230.</td>
+ <td>The Peutinger Table pictures the Roman roads.</td></tr>
+
+<tr><td class="contents">400-14.</td>
+ <td>Fa-hien travels through and describes Afghanistan and India.</td></tr>
+
+<tr><td class="contents">499.</td>
+ <td>Hoei-Sin said to have visited the kingdom of Fu-sang, 20,000
+ furlongs east of China (identified by some with California).</td></tr>
+
+<tr><td class="contents">518-21.</td>
+ <td>Hoei-Sing and Sung-Yun visit and describe the Pamirs and the
+ Punjab.</td></tr>
+
+<tr><td class="contents">540.</td>
+ <td>
+<a name="page_209"><span class="page">Page 209</span></a>
+ Cosmas Indicopleustes visits India, and combats the
+ sphericity of the globe.
+</td></tr>
+
+<tr><td class="contents">629-46.</td>
+ <td>Hiouen-Tshang travels through Turkestan, Afghanistan, India,
+ and the Pamirs.</td></tr>
+
+<tr><td class="contents">671-95.</td>
+ <td>I-tsing travels through and describes Java, Sumatra, and India.</td></tr>
+
+<tr><td class="contents">776.</td>
+ <td>The <i>Mappa Mundi</i> of Beatus.</td></tr>
+
+<tr><td class="contents">851-916.</td>
+ <td>Sul&aacute;im&aacute;n and Abu Zaid visit China.</td></tr>
+
+<tr><td class="contents">861.</td>
+ <td>Naddod discovers Iceland.</td></tr>
+
+<tr><td class="contents">884.</td>
+ <td>Ibn Khordadbeh describes the trade routes between Europe and Asia.</td></tr>
+
+<tr><td class="contents"><i>cir.</i> 890.</td>
+ <td>Wulfstan and athere sail to the Baltic and the North Cape.</td></tr>
+
+<tr><td class="contents"><i>cir.</i> 900.</td>
+ <td>Gunbi&ouml;rn discovers Greenland.</td></tr>
+
+<tr><td class="contents">912-30.</td>
+ <td>The geographer Mas'udi describes the lands of Islam, from
+ Spain to Further India, in his "Meadows of Gold."</td></tr>
+
+<tr><td class="contents">921.</td>
+ <td>Ahmed Ibn Fozlan describes the Russians.</td></tr>
+
+<tr><td class="contents">969.</td>
+ <td>Ibn Haukal composes his book on Ways.</td></tr>
+
+<tr><td class="contents">985.</td>
+ <td>Eric the Red colonises Greenland.</td></tr>
+
+<tr><td class="contents"><i>cir.</i> 1000.</td>
+ <td>Lyef, son of Eric the Red, discovers Newfoundland
+ (Helluland), Nova Scotia (Markland), and the mainland of
+ North America (Vinland).</td></tr>
+
+<tr><td class="contents">1111.</td>
+ <td>Earliest use of the water-compass by Chinese.</td></tr>
+
+<tr><td class="contents">1154.</td>
+ <td>Edrisi, geographer to King Roger of Sicily, produces his
+ geography.</td></tr>
+
+<tr><td class="contents">1159-73.</td>
+ <td>Rabbi Benjamin of Tudela visited the Persian Gulf; reported
+ on India.</td></tr>
+
+<tr><td class="contents"><i>cir.</i> 1180.</td>
+ <td>The compass first mentioned by Alexander Neckam.</td></tr>
+
+<tr><td class="contents">1255.</td>
+ <td>William Ruysbroek (Rubruquis), a Fleming, visits Karakorum.</td></tr>
+
+<tr><td class="contents">1260-71.</td>
+ <td>The brothers Nicolo and Maffeo Polo, father and uncle of Marco
+ Polo, make their first trading venture through Central Asia.</td></tr>
+
+<tr><td class="contents">1271-95.</td>
+ <td>They make their second journey, accompanied by Marco Polo;
+ and about 1275 arrived at the Court of Kublai Khan in Shangfu,
+ whence Marco Polo was entrusted with several missions to
+ Cochin China, Khanbalig (Pekin), and the Indian Seas.</td></tr>
+
+<tr><td class="contents">1280.</td>
+ <td>
+<a name="page_210"><span class="page">Page 210</span></a>
+ Hereford map of Richard of Haldingham.</td></tr>
+
+<tr><td class="contents">1284.</td>
+ <td>The Ebstorf <i>Mappa Mundi</i>.</td></tr>
+
+<tr><td class="contents"><i>bef.</i> 1290.</td>
+ <td>The normal Portulano compiled in Barcelona.</td></tr>
+
+<tr><td class="contents">1292.</td>
+ <td>Friar John of Monte Corvino, travels in India, and
+ afterwards becomes Archbishop of Pekin.</td></tr>
+
+<tr><td class="contents">1325-78.</td>
+ <td>Ibn Batuta, an Arab of Tangier, after performing the Mecca
+ pilgrimage through N. Africa, visits Syria, Quiloa (E. Africa),
+ Ormuz, S. Russia, Bulgaria, Khiva, Candahar, and attached
+ himself to the Court of Delhi, 1334-42, whence he was
+ despatched on an embassy to China. After his return he visited
+ Timbuctoo.</td></tr>
+
+<tr><td class="contents">1316-30.</td>
+ <td>Odorico di Pordenone, a Minorite friar, travelled through
+ India, by way of Persia, Bombay, and Surat, to Malabar, the
+ Coromandel coast, and thence to China and Tibet.</td></tr>
+
+<tr><td class="contents">1320.</td>
+ <td>Flavio Gioja of Amalfi invents the compass box and card.</td></tr>
+
+<tr><td class="contents">1312-31.</td>
+ <td>Abulfeda composes his geography.</td></tr>
+
+<tr><td class="contents">1327-72.</td>
+ <td>Sir John Mandeville said to have written his travels in India.</td></tr>
+
+<tr><td class="contents">1328.</td>
+ <td>Friar Jordanus of Severac. Bishop of Quilon.</td></tr>
+
+<tr><td class="contents">1328-49.</td>
+ <td>John de Marignolli, a Franciscan friar, made a mission to
+ China, visited Quilon in 1347, and made a pilgrimage to the
+ shrine of St. Thomas in India in 1349.</td></tr>
+
+<tr><td class="contents">1339.</td>
+ <td>Angelico Dulcert of Majorca draws a Portulano.</td></tr>
+
+<tr><td class="contents">1351.</td>
+ <td>The Medicean Portulano compiled.</td></tr>
+
+<tr><td class="contents">1375.</td>
+ <td>Cresquez, the Jew, of Majorca, improves Dulcert's Portulano
+ (Catalan map).</td></tr>
+
+<tr><td class="contents"><i>cir.</i> 1400.</td>
+ <td>Jehan Bethencourt re-discovers the Canaries.</td></tr>
+
+<tr><td class="contents">1419.</td>
+ <td>Prince Henry the Navigator establishes a geographical seminary
+ at Sagres (died 1460).</td></tr>
+
+<tr><td class="contents">1419-40.</td>
+ <td>Nicolo Conti, a noble Venetian, travelled throughout Southern
+ India and along the Bombay coast.</td></tr>
+
+<tr><td class="contents">1420.</td>
+ <td>Zarco discovers Madeira.</td></tr>
+
+<tr><td class="contents">1432.</td>
+ <td>Gonsalo Cabral re-discovers the Azores.</td></tr>
+
+<tr><td class="contents">1442.</td>
+ <td>Nu&ntilde;o Trist&atilde;o reaches Cape de Verde.</td></tr>
+
+<tr><td class="contents">1442-44.</td>
+ <td>Abd-ur-Razzak, during an embassy to India, visited Calicut,
+ Mangalore, and Vijayanagar.</td></tr>
+
+<tr><td class="contents">1457.</td>
+ <td>
+<a name="page_211"><span class="page">Page 211</span></a>
+ Fra Mauro's map.</td></tr>
+
+<tr><td class="contents">1462.</td>
+ <td>Pedro de Cintra reaches Sierra Leone.</td></tr>
+
+<tr><td class="contents">1468-74.</td>
+ <td>Athanasius Nikitin, a Russian, travelled from the Volga,
+ through Central Asia and Persia, to Gujerat, Cambay, and Chaul,
+ whence he proceeded inland to Bidar and Golconda.</td></tr>
+
+<tr><td class="contents">1471.</td>
+ <td>Fernando Poo discovers his island.</td></tr>
+
+<tr><td class="contents">1471.</td>
+ <td>Pedro d'Escobar crosses the line.</td></tr>
+
+<tr><td class="contents">1474.</td>
+ <td>Toscanelli's map (foundation of Behaim globe and Columbus'
+ guide).</td></tr>
+
+<tr><td class="contents">1478.</td>
+ <td>Second printed edition of Ptolemy, with twenty-seven
+ maps&mdash;practically the first atlas.</td></tr>
+
+<tr><td class="contents">1484.</td>
+ <td>Diego Cam discovers the Congo.</td></tr>
+
+<tr><td class="contents">1486.</td>
+ <td>Bartholomew Diaz rounds the Cape of Good Hope.</td></tr>
+
+<tr><td class="contents">1487.</td>
+ <td>Pedro de Covilham visits Ormuz, Goa, and Malabar, and
+ afterwards settled in Abyssinia.</td></tr>
+
+<tr><td class="contents">1492.</td>
+ <td>Martin Behaim makes his globe.</td></tr>
+
+<tr><td class="contents">1492.</td>
+ <td>6th September. Columbus starts from the Canaries.</td></tr>
+
+<tr><td class="contents">1492.</td>
+ <td>12th October. Columbus lands at San Salvador (Watling
+ Island).</td></tr>
+
+<tr><td class="contents">1493.</td>
+ <td>3rd May. Bull of partition between Spain and Portugal issued
+ by Pope Alexander VI.</td></tr>
+
+<tr><td class="contents">1493.</td>
+ <td>September. Columbus on his second voyage discovers Jamaica.</td></tr>
+
+<tr><td class="contents">1494-99.</td>
+ <td>Hieronimo di Santo Stefano, a Genoese, visited Malabar and
+ the Coromandel coast, Ceylon and Pegu.</td></tr>
+
+<tr><td class="contents">1497.</td>
+ <td>Vasco da Gama rounds the Cape, sees Natal (Christmas Day) and
+ Mozambique, lands at Zanzibar, and crosses to Calicut.</td></tr>
+
+<tr><td class="contents">1497.</td>
+ <td>John Cabot re-discovers Newfoundland.</td></tr>
+
+<tr><td class="contents">1498.</td>
+ <td>Columbus on his third voyage discovers Trinidad and the
+ Orinoco.</td></tr>
+
+<tr><td class="contents">1499.</td>
+ <td>Amerigo Vespucci discovers Venezuela.</td></tr>
+
+<tr><td class="contents">1499.</td>
+ <td>Pinzon discovers mouth of Amazon, and doubles Cape St.
+ Roque.</td></tr>
+
+<tr><td class="contents">1500.</td>
+ <td>Pedro Cabral discovers Brazil on his way to Calicut.</td></tr>
+
+<tr><td class="contents">1500.</td>
+ <td>First map of the New World, by Juan de la Cosa.</td></tr>
+
+<tr><td class="contents">1500.</td>
+ <td>
+<a name="page_212"><span class="page">Page 212</span></a>
+ Corte Real lands at mouth of St. Lawrence, and re-discovers
+ Labrador.</td></tr>
+
+<tr><td class="contents">1501.</td>
+ <td>Vespucci coasts down S. America and proves that it is a New
+ World.</td></tr>
+
+<tr><td class="contents">1501.</td>
+ <td>Tristan d'Acunha discovers his island.</td></tr>
+
+<tr><td class="contents">1501.</td>
+ <td>Juan di Nova discovers the island of Ascension.</td></tr>
+
+<tr><td class="contents">1502.</td>
+ <td>Bermudez discovers his islands.</td></tr>
+
+<tr><td class="contents">1502-4.</td>
+ <td>Columbus on his fourth voyage explores Honduras.</td></tr>
+
+<tr><td class="contents">1503-8.</td>
+ <td>Travels of Ludovico di Varthema in Further India.</td></tr>
+
+<tr><td class="contents">1505.</td>
+ <td>Mascarenhas discovers the islands of Bourbon and Mauritius.</td></tr>
+
+<tr><td class="contents">1507.</td>
+ <td>Martin Waldseem&uuml;ller proposes to call the New World America
+ in his <i>Cosmographia</i>.</td></tr>
+
+<tr><td class="contents">1509.</td>
+ <td>Malacca visited by Lopes di Sequira.</td></tr>
+
+<tr><td class="contents">1512.</td>
+ <td>Molucca, or Spice Islands, visited by Francisco Serr&atilde;o.</td></tr>
+
+<tr><td class="contents">1513.</td>
+ <td>Strasburg Ptolemy contains twenty new maps by Waldseem&uuml;ller,
+ forming the first modern atlas.</td></tr>
+
+<tr><td class="contents">1513.</td>
+ <td>Ponce de Leon discovers Florida.</td></tr>
+
+<tr><td class="contents">1513.</td>
+ <td>Vasco Nu&ntilde;ez de Balbao crosses the Isthmus of Panama, and sees
+ the Pacific.</td></tr>
+
+<tr><td class="contents">1517.</td>
+ <td>Sebastian Cabot said to have discovered Hudson's Bay.</td></tr>
+
+<tr><td class="contents">1517.</td>
+ <td>Juan Diaz de Solis discovers the Rio de la Plata, and is
+ murdered on the island of Martin Garcia.</td></tr>
+
+<tr><td class="contents">1518.</td>
+ <td>Grijalva discovers Mexico.</td></tr>
+
+<tr><td class="contents">1519.</td>
+ <td>Fernando Cortez conquers Mexico.</td></tr>
+
+<tr><td class="contents">1519.</td>
+ <td>Fernando Magellan starts on the circumnavigation of the
+ globe.</td></tr>
+
+<tr><td class="contents">1519.</td>
+ <td>Guray explores north coast of Gulf of Mexico.</td></tr>
+
+<tr><td class="contents">1520.</td>
+ <td>Schoner's second globe.</td></tr>
+
+<tr><td class="contents">1520.</td>
+ <td>Magellan sees Monte Video, discovers Patagonia and Tierra del
+ Fuego, and traverses the Pacific.</td></tr>
+
+<tr><td class="contents">1520-26.</td>
+ <td>Alvarez explores the Soudan.</td></tr>
+
+<tr><td class="contents">1521.</td>
+ <td>Magellan discovers the Ladrones (Marianas), and is killed on
+ the Philippines.</td></tr>
+
+<tr><td class="contents">1522.</td>
+ <td>Magellan's ship <i>Victoria</i>, under Sebastian del Cano,
+ reaches Spain, having circumnavigated the globe in three years.</td></tr>
+
+<tr><td class="contents">1524.</td>
+ <td>
+<a name="page_213"><span class="page">Page 213</span></a>
+ Verazzano, on behalf of the French King, coasts from Cape Fear
+ to New Hampshire.</td></tr>
+
+<tr><td class="contents">1527.</td>
+ <td>Saavedra sails from west coast of Mexico to the Moluccas.</td></tr>
+
+<tr><td class="contents">1529.</td>
+ <td>Line of demarcation between Spanish and Portuguese fixed at
+ 17&deg; east of Moluccas.</td></tr>
+
+<tr><td class="contents">1527.</td>
+ <td>Saavedra sails from west coast of Mexico to the Moluccas.</td></tr>
+
+<tr><td class="contents">1531.</td>
+ <td>Francisco Pizarro conquers Peru.</td></tr>
+
+<tr><td class="contents">1532.</td>
+ <td>Cortez visits California.</td></tr>
+
+<tr><td class="contents">1534.</td>
+ <td>Jacques Cartier explores the gull and river of St. Lawrence.</td></tr>
+
+<tr><td class="contents">1535.</td>
+ <td>Diego d'Almagro conquers Chili.</td></tr>
+
+<tr><td class="contents">1536.</td>
+ <td>Gonsalo Pizarro passes the Andes.</td></tr>
+
+<tr><td class="contents">1537-58.</td>
+ <td>Ferdinand Mendez Pinto travels to Abyssinia, India, the Malay
+ Archipelago, China, and Japan.</td></tr>
+
+<tr><td class="contents">1538.</td>
+ <td>Gerhardt Mercator begins his career as geographer. (Globe,
+ 1541; projection, 1569; died 1594; atlas, 1595).</td></tr>
+
+<tr><td class="contents">1539.</td>
+ <td>Francesco de Ulloa explores the Gulf of California.</td></tr>
+
+<tr><td class="contents">1541.</td>
+ <td>Orellana sails down the Amazon.</td></tr>
+
+<tr><td class="contents">1542.</td>
+ <td>Ruy Lopez de Villalobos discovers New Philippines, Garden
+ Islands, and Pelew Islands, and takes possession of the
+ Philippines for Spain.</td></tr>
+
+<tr><td class="contents">1542.</td>
+ <td>Cabrillo advances as far as Cape Mendocino.</td></tr>
+
+<tr><td class="contents">1542.</td>
+ <td>Japan first visited by Antonio de Mota.</td></tr>
+
+<tr><td class="contents">1542.</td>
+ <td>Gaetano sees the Sandwich Islands.</td></tr>
+
+<tr><td class="contents">1543.</td>
+ <td>Ortez de Retis discovers New Guinea.</td></tr>
+
+<tr><td class="contents">1544.</td>
+ <td>Sebastian Munster's <i>Cosmographia</i>.</td></tr>
+
+<tr><td class="contents">1549.</td>
+ <td>Bareto and Homera explore the lower Zambesi.</td></tr>
+
+<tr><td class="contents">1553.</td>
+ <td>Sir Hugh Willoughby attempts the North-East Passage past North
+ Cape, and sights Novaya Zemlya.</td></tr>
+
+<tr><td class="contents">1554.</td>
+ <td>Richard Chancellor, Willoughby's pilot, reaches Archangel, and
+ travels overland to Moscow.</td></tr>
+
+<tr><td class="contents">1556-72.</td>
+ <td>Antonio Laperis' atlas published at Rome.</td></tr>
+
+<tr><td class="contents">1558.</td>
+ <td>Anthony Jenkinson travels from Moscow to Bokhara.</td></tr>
+
+<tr><td class="contents">1567.</td>
+ <td>Alvaro Menda&ntilde;a discovers Solomon Islands.</td></tr>
+
+<tr><td class="contents">1572.</td>
+ <td>
+<a name="page_214"><span class="page">Page 214</span></a>
+ Juan Fernandez discovers his island, and St. Felix and St.
+ Ambrose Islands.</td></tr>
+
+<tr><td class="contents">1573.</td>
+ <td>Abraham Ortelius' <i>Teatrum Orbis Terrarum</i>.</td></tr>
+
+<tr><td class="contents">1576.</td>
+ <td>Martin Frobisher discovers his bay.</td></tr>
+
+<tr><td class="contents">1577-79.</td>
+ <td>Francis Drake circumnavigates the globe, and explores the west
+ coast of North America.</td></tr>
+
+<tr><td class="contents">1579.</td>
+ <td>Yermak Timovief seizes Sibir on the Irtish.</td></tr>
+
+<tr><td class="contents">1580.</td>
+ <td>Dutch settle in Guiana.</td></tr>
+
+<tr><td class="contents">1586.</td>
+ <td>John Davis sails through his strait, and reaches lat.
+ 72&deg; N.</td></tr>
+
+<tr><td class="contents">1590.</td>
+ <td>Battel visits the lower Congo.</td></tr>
+
+<tr><td class="contents">1592.</td>
+ <td>The Molyneux globe.</td></tr>
+
+<tr><td class="contents">1592.</td>
+ <td>Juan de Fuca imagines he has discovered an immense sea in the
+ north-west of North America.</td></tr>
+
+<tr><td class="contents">1596.</td>
+ <td>William Barentz discovers Spitzbergen, and reaches lat.
+ 80&deg; N.</td></tr>
+
+<tr><td class="contents">1596.</td>
+ <td>Payz traverses the Horn of Africa, and visits the source of
+ the Blue Nile.</td></tr>
+
+<tr><td class="contents">1598.</td>
+ <td>Menda&ntilde;a discovers Marquesas Islands.</td></tr>
+
+<tr><td class="contents">1598.</td>
+ <td>Hakluyt publishes his <i>Principal Navigations</i>.</td></tr>
+
+<tr><td class="contents">1599.</td>
+ <td>Houtman reaches Achin, in Sumatra.</td></tr>
+
+<tr><td class="contents">1603.</td>
+ <td>Stephen Bennett re-discovers Cherry Island, 74.13&deg; N.</td></tr>
+
+<tr><td class="contents">1605.</td>
+ <td>Louis Vaes de Torres discovers his strait.</td></tr>
+
+<tr><td class="contents">1606.</td>
+ <td>Quiros discovers Tahiti and north-east coast of Australia.</td></tr>
+
+<tr><td class="contents">1608.</td>
+ <td>Champlain discovers Lake Ontario.</td></tr>
+
+<tr><td class="contents">1609.</td>
+ <td>Henry Hudson discovers his river.</td></tr>
+
+<tr><td class="contents">1610.</td>
+ <td>Hudson passes through his strait into his bay.</td></tr>
+
+<tr><td class="contents">1611.</td>
+ <td>Jan Mayen discovers his island.</td></tr>
+
+<tr><td class="contents">1615.</td>
+ <td>Lemaire rounds Cape Horn (Hoorn), and sees New Britain.</td></tr>
+
+<tr><td class="contents">1616.</td>
+ <td>Dirk Hartog coasts West Australia to 27&deg; S.</td></tr>
+
+<tr><td class="contents">1616.</td>
+ <td>Baffin discovers his bay.</td></tr>
+
+<tr><td class="contents">1618.</td>
+ <td>George Thompson, a Barbary merchant, sails up the Gambia.</td></tr>
+
+<tr><td class="contents">1619.</td>
+ <td>Edel and Houtman coast Western Australia to 32-1/2&deg; S.
+ (Edel's Land).</td></tr>
+
+<tr><td class="contents">1622.</td>
+ <td>Dutch ship <i>Leeuwin</i> reaches south-west cape of Australia.</td></tr>
+
+<tr><td class="contents">1623.</td>
+ <td>
+<a name="page_215"><span class="page">Page 215</span></a>
+ Lobo explores Abyssinia.</td></tr>
+
+<tr><td class="contents">1627.</td>
+ <td>Peter Nuyts discovers his archipelago.</td></tr>
+
+<tr><td class="contents">1630.</td>
+ <td>First meridian of longitude fixed at Ferro, in the Canary
+ Islands.</td></tr>
+
+<tr><td class="contents">1631.</td>
+ <td>Fox explores Hudson's Bay.</td></tr>
+
+<tr><td class="contents">1638.</td>
+ <td>W. J. Blaeu's <i>Atlas</i>.</td></tr>
+
+<tr><td class="contents">1639.</td>
+ <td>Kupiloff crosses Siberia to the east coast.</td></tr>
+
+<tr><td class="contents">1642.</td>
+ <td>Abel Jansen Tasman discovers Van Diemen's Land (Tasmania) and
+ Staaten Land (New Zealand).</td></tr>
+
+<tr><td class="contents">1642.</td>
+ <td>Wasilei Pojarkof traces the course of the Amur.</td></tr>
+
+<tr><td class="contents">1643.</td>
+ <td>Hendrik Brouwer identifies New Zealand.</td></tr>
+
+<tr><td class="contents">1643.</td>
+ <td>Tasman discovers Fiji.</td></tr>
+
+<tr><td class="contents">1645.</td>
+ <td>Michael Staduchin reaches the Kolima.</td></tr>
+
+<tr><td class="contents">1645.</td>
+ <td>Nicolas Sanson's atlas.</td></tr>
+
+<tr><td class="contents">1645.</td>
+ <td>Italian Capuchin Mission explores the lower Congo.</td></tr>
+
+<tr><td class="contents">1648.</td>
+ <td>The Cossack Dishinef sails between Asia and America.</td></tr>
+
+<tr><td class="contents">1650.</td>
+ <td>Staduchin reaches the Anadir, and meets Dishinef.</td></tr>
+
+<tr><td class="contents">1682.</td>
+ <td>La Salle descends the Mississippi.</td></tr>
+
+<tr><td class="contents">1696.</td>
+ <td>Russians reach Kamtschatka.</td></tr>
+
+<tr><td class="contents">1699.</td>
+ <td>Dampier discovers his strait.</td></tr>
+
+<tr><td class="contents">1700.</td>
+ <td>Delisle's maps.</td></tr>
+
+<tr><td class="contents">1701.</td>
+ <td>Sinpopoff describes the land of the Tschutkis.</td></tr>
+
+<tr><td class="contents">1718.</td>
+ <td>Jesuit map of China and East Asia published by the Emperor
+ Kang-hi.</td></tr>
+
+<tr><td class="contents">1721.</td>
+ <td>Hans Eg&eacute;d&eacute; re-settles Greenland.</td></tr>
+
+<tr><td class="contents">1731.</td>
+ <td>Hadley invented the sextant.</td></tr>
+
+<tr><td class="contents">1731.</td>
+ <td>Krupishef sails round Kamtschatka.</td></tr>
+
+<tr><td class="contents">1731.</td>
+ <td>Paulutski travels round the north-east corner of Siberia.</td></tr>
+
+<tr><td class="contents">1735-37.</td>
+ <td>Maupertuis measures an arc of the meridian.</td></tr>
+
+<tr><td class="contents">1739-44.</td>
+ <td>Lord George Anson circumnavigates the globe.</td></tr>
+
+<tr><td class="contents">1740.</td>
+ <td>Varenne de la V&eacute;randerye discovers the Rocky Mountains.</td></tr>
+
+<tr><td class="contents">1741.</td>
+ <td>Behring discovers his strait.</td></tr>
+
+<tr><td class="contents">1742.</td>
+ <td>Chelyuskin discovers his cape.</td></tr>
+
+<tr><td class="contents">1743-44.</td>
+ <td>La Condamine explores the Amazon.</td></tr>
+
+<tr><td class="contents">1745-61.</td>
+ <td>Bourguignon d'Anville produces his maps.</td></tr>
+
+<tr><td class="contents">1761-67.</td>
+ <td>
+<a name="page_216"><span class="page">Page 216</span></a>
+ Carsten Niebuhr surveys Arabia.
+
+<tr><td class="contents">1764.</td>
+ <td>John Byron surveys the Falkland Islands.</td></tr>
+
+<tr><td class="contents">1765.</td>
+ <td>Harrison perfects the chronometer.</td></tr>
+
+<tr><td class="contents">1767.</td>
+ <td>First appearance of the <i>Nautical Almanac</i>.</td></tr>
+
+<tr><td class="contents">1768.</td>
+ <td>Carteret discovers Pitcairn Island, and sails through St.
+ George's Channel, between New Britain and New Ireland.</td></tr>
+
+<tr><td class="contents">1768-71.</td>
+ <td>Cook's first voyage; discovers New Zealand and east coast
+ of Australia; passes through Torres Strait.</td></tr>
+
+<tr><td class="contents">1769-71.</td>
+ <td>Hearne traces river Coppermine.</td></tr>
+
+<tr><td class="contents">1769-71.</td>
+ <td>James Bruce re-discovers the source of the Blue Nile in
+ Abyssinia.</td></tr>
+
+<tr><td class="contents">1770.</td>
+ <td>Liakhoff discovers the New Siberian Islands.</td></tr>
+
+<tr><td class="contents">1771-72.</td>
+ <td>Pallas surveys West and South Siberia.</td></tr>
+
+<tr><td class="contents">1776-79.</td>
+ <td>Cook's third voyage; surveys North-West Passage; discovers
+ Owhyhee (Hawaii), where he was killed.</td></tr>
+
+<tr><td class="contents">1785-88.</td>
+ <td>La P&eacute;rouse surveys north-east coast of Asia and Japan,
+ discovers Saghalien, and completes delimitation of the
+ ocean.</td></tr>
+
+<tr><td class="contents">1785-94.</td>
+ <td>Billings surveys East Siberia.</td></tr>
+
+<tr><td class="contents">1787-88.</td>
+ <td>Lesseps surveys Kamtschatka and crosses the Old World from
+ east to west.</td></tr>
+
+<tr><td class="contents">1788.</td>
+ <td>The African Association founded.</td></tr>
+
+<tr><td class="contents">1789-93.</td>
+ <td>Mackenzie discovers his river, and first crosses North
+ America.</td></tr>
+
+<tr><td class="contents">1792.</td>
+ <td>Vancouver explores his island.</td></tr>
+
+<tr><td class="contents">1793.</td>
+ <td>Browne reaches Darfur, and reports the existence of the White
+ Nile.</td></tr>
+
+<tr><td class="contents">1796.</td>
+ <td>Mungo Park reaches the Niger.</td></tr>
+
+<tr><td class="contents">1796.</td>
+ <td>Lacerda explores Mozambique.</td></tr>
+
+<tr><td class="contents">1797.</td>
+ <td>Bass discovers his strait.</td></tr>
+
+<tr><td class="contents">1799-1804.</td>
+ <td>Alexander von Humboldt explores South America.</td></tr>
+
+<tr><td class="contents">1800-4.</td>
+ <td>Lewis and Clarke explore the basin of the Missouri.</td></tr>
+
+<tr><td class="contents">1801-4.</td>
+ <td>Flinders coasts south coast of Australia.</td></tr>
+
+<tr><td class="contents">1805-7.</td>
+ <td>Pike explores the country between the sources of the
+ Mississippi and the Red River.</td></tr>
+
+<tr><td class="contents">1810-29.</td>
+ <td>Malte-Brun publishes his <i>G&eacute;ographic
+ Universelle</i>.</td></tr>
+
+<tr><td class="contents">1814.</td>
+ <td>
+<a name="page_217"><span class="page">Page 217</span></a>
+ Evans discovers Lachlan and Macquarie rivers.</td></tr>
+
+<tr><td class="contents">1816.</td>
+ <td>Captain Smith discovers South Shetland Isles.</td></tr>
+
+<tr><td class="contents">1817-20.</td>
+ <td>Spix and Martius explore Brazil.</td></tr>
+
+<tr><td class="contents">1817.</td>
+ <td>First edition of Stieler's atlas.</td></tr>
+
+<tr><td class="contents">1817-22.</td>
+ <td>Captain King maps the coast-line of Australia.</td></tr>
+
+<tr><td class="contents">1819-22.</td>
+ <td>Franklin, Back, and Richardson attempt the North-West Passage
+ by land.</td></tr>
+
+<tr><td class="contents">1819.</td>
+ <td>Parry discovers Lancaster Strait and reaches 114&deg;
+ W.</td></tr>
+
+<tr><td class="contents">1820-23.</td>
+ <td>Wrangel discovers his land.</td></tr>
+
+<tr><td class="contents">1821.</td>
+ <td>Bellinghausen discovers Peter Island, the most southerly land
+ then known.</td></tr>
+
+<tr><td class="contents">1822.</td>
+ <td>Denham and Clapperton discover Lake Tchad, and visit
+ Sokoto.</td></tr>
+
+<tr><td class="contents">1822-23.</td>
+ <td>Scoresby explores the coast of East Greenland.</td></tr>
+
+<tr><td class="contents">1823.</td>
+ <td>Weddell reaches 74.15&deg; S.</td></tr>
+
+<tr><td class="contents">1826.</td>
+ <td>Major Laing is murdered at Timbuctoo.</td></tr>
+
+<tr><td class="contents">1827.</td>
+ <td>Parry reaches 82.45&deg; N.</td></tr>
+
+<tr><td class="contents">1827.</td>
+ <td>R&eacute;n&eacute; Cailli&eacute; visits Timbuctoo.</td></tr>
+
+<tr><td class="contents">1828-31.</td>
+ <td>Captain Sturt traces the Darling and the Murray.</td></tr>
+
+<tr><td class="contents">1829-33.</td>
+ <td>Ross attempts the North-West Passage; discovers Boothia
+ Felix.</td></tr>
+
+<tr><td class="contents">1830.</td>
+ <td>Royal Geographical Society founded, and next year united with
+ the African Association.</td></tr>
+
+<tr><td class="contents">1831-35.</td>
+ <td>Schomburgk explores Guiana.</td></tr>
+
+<tr><td class="contents">1831.</td>
+ <td>Captain Biscoe discovers Enderby Land.</td></tr>
+
+<tr><td class="contents">1833.</td>
+ <td>Back discovers Great Fish River.</td></tr>
+
+<tr><td class="contents">1835-49.</td>
+ <td>Junghuhn explores Java.</td></tr>
+
+<tr><td class="contents">1837.</td>
+ <td>T. Simpson coasts along the north mainland of North America
+ 1277 miles.</td></tr>
+
+<tr><td class="contents">1838-40.</td>
+ <td>Wood explores the sources of the Oxus.</td></tr>
+
+<tr><td class="contents">1838-40.</td>
+ <td>Dumont d'Urvilie discovers Louis-Philippe Land and Ad&eacute;lie
+ Land.</td></tr>
+
+<tr><td class="contents">1839.</td>
+ <td>Balleny discovers his island.</td></tr>
+
+<tr><td class="contents">1839.</td>
+ <td>Count Strzelecki discovers Gipps' Land.</td></tr>
+
+<tr><td class="contents">1840.</td>
+ <td>Captain Sturt travels in Central Australia.</td></tr>
+
+<tr><td class="contents">1840-42.</td>
+ <td>James Ross reaches 78.10&deg; S.; discovers Victoria Land, and
+ the volcanoes Erebus and Terror.</td></tr>
+
+<tr><td class="contents">1841.</td>
+ <td>Eyre traverses south of Western Australia.</td></tr>
+
+<tr><td class="contents">1842-62.</td>
+ <td>
+<a name="page_218"><span class="page">Page 218</span></a>
+ E. F. Jomard's <i>Monuments de la G&eacute;ographie</i>
+ published.</td></tr>
+
+<tr><td class="contents">1843-47.</td>
+ <td>Count Castelnau traces the source of the Paraguay.</td></tr>
+
+<tr><td class="contents">1844.</td>
+ <td>Leichhardt explores Southern Australia.</td></tr>
+
+<tr><td class="contents">1845.</td>
+ <td>Huc explores Tibet.</td></tr>
+
+<tr><td class="contents">1845.</td>
+ <td>Petermann's <i>Mittheilungen</i> first published.</td></tr>
+
+<tr><td class="contents">1845-47.</td>
+ <td>Franklin's last voyage.</td></tr>
+
+<tr><td class="contents">1846.</td>
+ <td>First edition of K. v. Spruner's <i>Historische
+ Handatlas</i>.</td></tr>
+
+<tr><td class="contents">1847.</td>
+ <td>J. Rae connects Hudson's Bay with east coast of Boothia.</td></tr>
+
+<tr><td class="contents">1848.</td>
+ <td>Leichhardt attempts to traverse Australia, and disappears.</td></tr>
+
+<tr><td class="contents">1849-56.</td>
+ <td>Livingstone traces the Zambesi and crosses South Africa.</td></tr>
+
+<tr><td class="contents">1850-54.</td>
+ <td>M'Clure succeeds in the North-West Passage.</td></tr>
+
+<tr><td class="contents">1850-55.</td>
+ <td>Barth explores the Soudan.</td></tr>
+
+<tr><td class="contents">1853.</td>
+ <td>Dr. Kane explores Smith's Sound.</td></tr>
+
+<tr><td class="contents">1854.</td>
+ <td>Rae hears news of the Franklin expedition from the
+ Eskimo.</td></tr>
+
+<tr><td class="contents">1854-65.</td>
+ <td>Faidherbe explores Senegambia.</td></tr>
+
+<tr><td class="contents">1856-57.</td>
+ <td>The brothers Schlagintweit cross the Himalayas, Tibet, and
+ Kuen Lun.</td></tr>
+
+<tr><td class="contents">1856-59.</td>
+ <td>Du Chaillu travels in Central Africa.</td></tr>
+
+<tr><td class="contents">1857-59.</td>
+ <td>M'Clintock discovers remains of the Franklin expedition, and
+ explores King William Land.</td></tr>
+
+<tr><td class="contents">1858.</td>
+ <td>Burton and Speke discover Lake Tanganyika, and Speke sees
+ Lake Victoria Nyanza.</td></tr>
+
+<tr><td class="contents">1858-64.</td>
+ <td>Livingstone traces Lake Nyassa.</td></tr>
+
+<tr><td class="contents">1859.</td>
+ <td>Valikhanoft reaches Kashgar.</td></tr>
+
+<tr><td class="contents">1860.</td>
+ <td>Burke travels from Victoria to Carpentaria.</td></tr>
+
+<tr><td class="contents">1860.</td>
+ <td>Grant and Speke, returning from Lake Victoria Nyanza, meet
+ Baker coming up the Nile.</td></tr>
+
+<tr><td class="contents">1861-62.</td>
+ <td>M'Douall Stuart traverses Australia from south to
+ north.</td></tr>
+
+<tr><td class="contents">1863.</td>
+ <td>W. G. Palgrave explores Central and Eastern Arabia.</td></tr>
+
+<tr><td class="contents">1864.</td>
+ <td>Baker discovers Lake Albert Nyanza.</td></tr>
+
+<tr><td class="contents">1868.</td>
+ <td>Nordenskiold reaches his highest point in Greenland,
+ 81.42&deg;.</td></tr>
+
+<tr><td class="contents">1868-71.</td>
+ <td>
+<a name="page_219"><span class="page">Page 219</span></a>
+ Ney Elias traverses Mid-China.</td></tr>
+
+<tr><td class="contents">1868-74.</td>
+ <td>John Forrest penetrates from Western to Central
+ Australia.</td></tr>
+
+<tr><td class="contents">1869-71.</td>
+ <td>Schweinfurth explores the Southern Soudan.</td></tr>
+
+<tr><td class="contents">1869-74.</td>
+ <td>Nachtigall explores east of Tchad.</td></tr>
+
+<tr><td class="contents">1870.</td>
+ <td>Fedchenko discovers Transalai, north of Pamir.</td></tr>
+
+<tr><td class="contents">1870.</td>
+ <td>Douglas Forsyth reaches Yarkand.</td></tr>
+
+<tr><td class="contents">1871-88.</td>
+ <td>The four explorations of Western China by Prjevalsky.</td></tr>
+
+<tr><td class="contents">1872-73.</td>
+ <td>Payer and Weiprecht discover Franz Josef Land.</td></tr>
+
+<tr><td class="contents">1872-76.</td>
+ <td>H.M.S. <i>Challenger</i> examines the bed of the ocean.</td></tr>
+
+<tr><td class="contents">1872-76.</td>
+ <td>Ernest Giles traverses North-West Australia.</td></tr>
+
+<tr><td class="contents">1873.</td>
+ <td>Colonel Warburton traverses Australia from east to west.</td></tr>
+
+<tr><td class="contents">1873.</td>
+ <td>Livingstone discovers Lake Moero.</td></tr>
+
+<tr><td class="contents">1874-75.</td>
+ <td>Lieut. Cameron crosses equatorial Africa.</td></tr>
+
+<tr><td class="contents">1875-94.</td>
+ <td>&Eacute;lis&eacute;e Reclus publishes his <i>G&eacute;ographie
+ Universelle.</i></td></tr>
+
+<tr><td class="contents">1876.</td>
+ <td>Albert Markham reaches 83.20&deg; N. on the Nares expedition.</td></tr>
+
+<tr><td class="contents">1876-77.</td>
+ <td>Stanley traces the course of the Congo.</td></tr>
+
+<tr><td class="contents">1878-82.</td>
+ <td>The Pundit Krishna traces the course of the Yangtse, Pekong,
+ and Brahmaputra.</td></tr>
+
+<tr><td class="contents">1878-79.</td>
+ <td>Nordenskiold solves the North-East Passage along the north
+ coast of Siberia.</td></tr>
+
+<tr><td class="contents">1878-84.</td>
+ <td>Joseph Thomson explores East-Central Africa.</td></tr>
+
+<tr><td class="contents">1878-85.</td>
+ <td>Serpa Pinto twice crosses Africa.</td></tr>
+
+<tr><td class="contents">1879-82.</td>
+ <td>The <i>Jeannette</i> passes through Behring Strait to the
+ mouth of the Lena.</td></tr>
+
+<tr><td class="contents">1880.</td>
+ <td>Leigh Smith surveys south coast of Franz Josef Land.</td></tr>
+
+<tr><td class="contents">1880-82.</td>
+ <td>Bonvalot traverses the Pamirs.</td></tr>
+
+<tr><td class="contents">1881-87.</td>
+ <td>Wissmann twice crosses Africa, and discovers the left affluents
+ of the Congo.</td></tr>
+
+<tr><td class="contents">1883.</td>
+ <td>Lockwood, on the Greely Mission, reaches 83.23&deg; N., north cape
+ of Greenland.</td></tr>
+
+<tr><td class="contents">1886.</td>
+ <td>Francis Garnier explores the course of the Mekong.</td></tr>
+
+<tr><td class="contents">1887.</td>
+ <td>Younghusband travels from Pekin to Kashmir.</td></tr>
+
+<tr><td class="contents">1887-89.</td>
+ <td>
+<a name="page_220"><span class="page">Page 220</span></a>
+ Stanley conducts the Emin Pasha Relief Expedition across
+ Africa, and discovers the Pigmies, and the Mountains of the
+ Moon.</td></tr>
+
+<tr><td class="contents">1888.</td>
+ <td>F. Nansen crosses Greenland from east to west.</td></tr>
+
+<tr><td class="contents">1888-89.</td>
+ <td>Captain Binger traces the bend of the Niger.</td></tr>
+
+<tr><td class="contents">1889.</td>
+ <td>The brothers Grjmailo explore Chinese Turkestan.</td></tr>
+
+<tr><td class="contents">1889-90.</td>
+ <td>Bonvalot and Prince Henri d'Orl&eacute;ans traverse
+ Tibet.</td></tr>
+
+<tr><td class="contents">1890.</td>
+ <td>Selous and Jameson explore Mashonaland.</td></tr>
+
+<tr><td class="contents">1890.</td>
+ <td>Sir W. Macgregor crosses New Guinea.</td></tr>
+
+<tr><td class="contents">1891-92.</td>
+ <td>Monteil crosses from Senegal to Tripoli.</td></tr>
+
+<tr><td class="contents">1892.</td>
+ <td>Peary proves Greenland an island.</td></tr>
+
+<tr><td class="contents">1893.</td>
+ <td>Mr. and Mrs. Littledale travel across Central Asia.</td></tr>
+
+<tr><td class="contents">1893-97.</td>
+ <td>Dr. Sven Hedin explores Chinese Turkestan, Tibet, and
+ Mongolia.</td></tr>
+
+<tr><td class="contents">1893-97.</td>
+ <td>Dr. Nansen is carried across the Arctic Ocean in the
+<i>Fram</i>, and advances farthest north (86.14&deg; N.).</td></tr>
+
+<tr><td class="contents">1894-95.</td>
+ <td>C. E. Borchgrevink visits Antarctica.</td></tr>
+
+<tr><td class="contents">1894-96.</td>
+ <td>Jackson-Harmsworth expedition in Arctic lands.</td></tr>
+
+<tr><td class="contents">1896.</td>
+ <td>Captain Bottego explores Somaliland.</td></tr>
+
+<tr><td class="contents">1896.</td>
+ <td>Donaldson Smith traces Lake Rudolph.</td></tr>
+
+<tr><td class="contents">1896.</td>
+ <td>Prince Henri D'Orleans travels from Tonkin to Moru.</td></tr>
+
+<tr><td class="contents">1897.</td>
+ <td>Captain Foa traverses South Africa from S. to N.</td></tr>
+
+<tr><td class="contents">1897.</td>
+ <td>D. Carnegie crosses W. Australia from S. to N.</td></tr>
+
+</table>
+
+<p class="center">
+<b>EUROPE.</b>
+</p>
+
+<p class="indent">
+<b>Great Britain.</b>&mdash;B.C. 450. Himilco. <i>Circa</i> 333.
+Pytheas. 60-54. C&aelig;sar.
+</p>
+
+<p class="indent">
+<b>France.</b>&mdash;B.C. <i>circa</i> 600. Marseilles founded.
+57. C&aelig;sar.
+</p>
+
+<p class="indent">
+<b>Russia.</b>&mdash;A.D. 1554. Richard Chancellor.
+</p>
+
+<p class="indent">
+<b>Baltic.</b>&mdash;A.D. 890. Wulfstan and Othere.
+</p>
+
+<p class="indent">
+<b>Iceland.</b>&mdash;A.D. 861. Naddod.
+</p>
+
+<p class="center">
+<a name="page_221"><span class="page">Page 221</span></a>
+<b>ASIA.</b>
+</p>
+
+<p class="indent">
+<b>India.</b>&mdash;B.C. 332. Alexander. 330. Nearchus. <i>Circa</i>
+300. Megasthenes. A.D. 400-14. Fa-hien. 518-21. Hoei-Sing and Sung-Yun.
+540. Cosmas Indicopleustes. 629-46. Hiouen-Tshang. 671-95. I-tsing.
+1159-73. Benjamin of Tudela. 1304-78. Ibn Batuta. 1327-72. Mandeville.
+1328. Jordanus of Severac. 1328-49. John de Marignolli. 1419-40.
+Nicolo Conti. 1442-44. Abd-ur-Razzak. 1468-74. Athanasius Nikitin.
+1487. Pedro de Covilham. 1494-99. Hieronimo di Santo Stefano. 1503-8.
+Ludovico di Varthema.
+</p>
+
+<p class="indent">
+<b>Farther India.</b>&mdash;A.D. 1503. Ludovico di Varthema. 1509.
+Lopes di Sequira. 1886. Francis Garnier.
+</p>
+
+<p class="indent">
+<b>China.</b>&mdash;A.D. 851-916. Sul&aacute;im&aacute;n and Abu
+Zaid. 1292. John of Monte Corvino. 1316-30. Odorico di Pordenone.
+1328-49. John de Marignolli. 1537-58. Ferdinand Mendez Pinto. 1868-71.
+Ney Elias. 1871-88. Prjevalsky. 1878-82. Pundit Krishna. 1889.
+Grjmailo brothers. 1896. Prince Henri d'Orl&eacute;ans.
+</p>
+
+<p class="indent">
+<b>Japan.</b>&mdash;A.D. 1542. Antonio de Mota. 1785-88. La
+P&eacute;rouse.
+</p>
+
+<p class="indent">
+<b>Arabia.</b>&mdash;A.D. 1761-67. Carsten Niebuhr. 1863. Palgrave.
+</p>
+
+<p class="indent">
+<b>Persia.</b>&mdash;B.C. 332. Alexander. A.D. 1468-74. Athanasius
+Nikitin.
+</p>
+
+<p class="indent">
+<b>Mongolia.</b>&mdash;A.D. 1255. Ruysbroek (Rubruquis). 1260-71.
+Nicolo and Maffeo Polo. 1271. Marco Polo. 1893-97. Dr. Sven Hedin.
+</p>
+
+<p class="indent">
+<b>Tibet.</b>&mdash;A.D. 1845. Huc. 1856-7. Schlagintweit. 1878.
+Pundit Krishna. 1887. Younghusband. 1889-90. Bonvalot and Prince
+Henri d'Orl&eacute;ans. 1893-97. Dr. Sven Hedin.
+</p>
+
+<p class="indent">
+<b>Central Asia.</b>&mdash;A.D. 1558. Anthony Jenkinson. 1642.
+Wasilei Pojarkof. 1838-40. Wood. 1859. Valikhanoff. 1870. Douglas
+Forsyth. 1870. Fedchenko. 1880. Bonvalot. 1893. Littledale.
+</p>
+
+<p class="indent">
+<b>Siberia.</b>&mdash;A.D. 1579. Timovief. 1639. Kupiloff. 1644-50.
+Staduchin. 1648. Dshineif. 1701. Sinpopoff. 1731. Paulutski. 1742.
+Chelyuskin. 1771-72. Pallas. 1785-94. Billings.
+</p>
+
+<p class="indent">
+<a name="page_222"><span class="page">Page 222</span></a>
+<b>Kamtschatka.</b>&mdash;A.D. 1696. Russians. 1731. Kru pishef.
+1787-88. Lesseps.
+</p>
+
+<p class="center">
+<b>AFRICA.</b>
+</p>
+
+<p class="indent">
+A.D. <i>circa</i> 450. Hanno. 1420. Zarco. 1462. Pedro de Cintra.
+1484. Diego Cam. 1486. Bartholomew Diaz. 1497. Vasco da Gama. 1520.
+Alvarez. 1549. Bareto and Homera. 1590. Battel. 1596. Payz. 1618.
+Thompson. 1623. Lobo. 1645. Italian Capuchins. 1769-71. Bruce.
+1793. Browne. 1796. Mungo Park. 1796. Lacerda. 1822. Denham and
+Clapperton. 1826. Laing. 1827. R&eacute;n&eacute; Cailli&eacute;.
+1849-73. Livingstone. 1850-55. Barth. 1854-65. Faidherbe. 1856-59.
+Du Chaillu. 1858. Burton and Speke. 1860. Grant and Speke. 1864.
+Baker. 1869-71. Schweinfurth. 1869-74. Nachtigall. 1874-75. Cameron.
+1876-89. Stanley. 1878-84. Thomson. 1878-85. Serpa Pinto. 1881-87.
+Wissmann. 1888-89. Binger. 1890. Selous and Jameson. 1891-92. Monteil.
+1896. Bottego. 1896. Donaldson Smith. 1897. Foa.
+</p>
+
+<p class="center">
+<b>NORTH AMERICA.</b>
+</p>
+
+<p class="indent">
+A.D. 499. Hoei-Sin. <i>Circa</i> 1000. Lyef. 1497, 1517. John and
+Sebastian Cabot. 1500. Corte Real. 1513. Ponce de Leon. 1524. Verazzano.
+1532. Cortez. 1534. Cartier. 1539. Ulloa. 1542. Cabrillo. 1516.
+Frobisher. 1586. Davis. 1592. Juan de Fuca. 1608. Champlain. 1609,
+10. Hudson. 1631. Fox. 1682. La Salle. 1740. Varenne de la
+V&eacute;randerye 1741. Behring. 1789-93. Mackenzie. 1792. Vancouver.
+1800-4. Lewis and Clarke. 1805-7. Pike. 1837. Simpson.
+</p>
+
+<p class="center">
+<b>SOUTH AMERICA.</b>
+</p>
+
+<p class="indent">
+A.D. 1498. Columbus. 1499-1501. Amerigo Vespucci. 1499. Pinzon. 1500.
+Pedro Cabral. 1517. Juan Diaz de Solis. 1519-20. Magellan. 1531.
+Francisco Pizarro. 1535. D'Almagro. 1536. Gonsalo Pizarro. 1541.
+Orellana. 1572. Juan Fernandez. 1580. Dutch in Guiana. 1615. Lemaire.
+1743-44. La Condamine. 1764. John Byron. 1799-1804. Humboldt. 1817-20.
+<a name="page_223"><span class="page">Page 223</span></a>
+Spix and Martius. 1831-35. Schomburgk. 1843-47. Castelnau.
+</p>
+
+<p class="center">
+<b>CENTRAL AMERICA.</b>
+</p>
+
+<p class="indent">
+A.D. 1502. Columbus. 1513. Vasco Nu&ntilde;ez de Balbao. 1518. Grijalva.
+1519. Fernando Cortez. 1519. Guray.
+</p>
+
+<p class="center">
+<b>AUSTRALIA.</b>
+</p>
+
+<p class="indent">
+A.D. 1605. Torres. 1606. Quiros. 1616. Hartog. 1619. Edel and Houtman.
+1622. The <i>Leeuwin</i>. 1627. Nuyts. 1699. Dampier. 1770. Cook.
+1797. Bass. 1801-4. Flinders. 1814. Evans. 1817-22. King. 1828-40.
+Sturt. 1839. Strzelecki. 1841. Eyre. 1844-48. Leichhardt. 1860.
+Burke. 1861-62. MacDouall Stuart. 1868-74. Forrest. 1872-76. Giles.
+1873. Warburton. 1897. Carnegie.
+</p>
+
+<p class="center">
+<b>NEW ZEALAND.</b>
+</p>
+
+<p class="indent">
+A.D. 1642. Tasman. 1643. Brouwer. 1768-79. Cook.
+</p>
+
+<p class="center">
+<b>POLYNESIA.</b>
+</p>
+
+<p class="indent">
+A.D. 1512. Francisco Serr&atilde;o. 1520, 21. Magellan. 1527. Saavedra.
+1542. Gaetano 1542. Ruy Lopez de Villalobos. 1543. Ortez de Retis.
+1567-98. Alvaro Menda&ntilde;a. 1599. Houtman. 1643. Tasman. 1768.
+Carteret. 1776-79. Cook. 1835-49. Junghuhn. 1890. Macgregor.
+</p>
+
+<p class="center">
+<b>NORTH POLE.</b>
+</p>
+
+<p class="indent">
+A.D. <i>circa</i> 900. Gunbi&ouml;rn. 985. Eric the Red. 1553.
+Willoughby. 1596. Barentz. 1603. Bennett. 1611. Jan Mayen. 1616.
+Baffin. 1721. Eg&eacute;d&eacute;. 1769-71. Hearne. 1819-22. Franklin,
+Back, and Richardson. 1819-27. Parry. 1820-23. Wrangel. 1822-23.
+Scoresby. 1829-33. Ross. 1833. Back. 1845-47. Franklin. 1847-54.
+Rae. 1850-54. M'Clure. 1853. Kane. 1857-59. M'Clintock. 1868-79.
+Nordenski&ouml;ld. 1872-73. Payer and Weiprecht. 1876. Markham.
+1879-82. The <i>Jeannette</i>. 1880. Leigh Smith. 1883. Lockwood.
+1888-97. Nansen. 1892. Peary. 1894-96. Jackson-Harmsworth expedition.
+</p>
+
+<p class="center">
+<b>SOUTH POLE.</b>
+</p>
+
+<p class="indent">
+A.D. 1816. Capt. Smith. 1821. Bellinghausen. 1823. Weddell. 1831.
+Biscoe. 1838-40. Dumont d'Urville. 1839. Balleny. 1840-42. James
+Ross. 1894-95. Borchgrevink.
+</p>
+
+<p class="center">
+<a name="page_224"><span class="page">Page 224</span></a>
+<b>CIRCUMNAVIGATORS.</b>
+</p>
+
+<p class="indent">
+A.D. 1522. Sebastian del Cano. 1577-79. Drake. 1739-44. Lord George
+Anson.
+</p>
+
+<p class="center">
+<b>ATLANTIC OCEAN.</b>
+</p>
+
+<p class="indent">
+A.D. 1400. Jehan Bethencourt. 1432. Cabral. 1442. Nu&ntilde;o
+Trist&atilde;o. 1471. Pedro d'Escobar. 1471. Fernando Po. 1492-93.
+Columbus. 1501. Juan di Nova. 1501. Tristan d'Acunha. 1502. Bermudez.
+</p>
+
+<p class="center">
+<b>INDIAN OCEAN.</b>
+</p>
+
+<p class="indent">
+A.D. 1505. Mascarenhas.
+</p>
+
+<p class="center">
+<b>PROGRESS OF GEOGRAPHICAL SCIENCE.</b>
+</p>
+
+<p class="indent">
+B.C. 570. Anaximander of Miletus. 501. Hecat&aelig;us of Miletus.
+446. Herodotus. <i>Circa</i> 200. Eratosthenes. 100. Marinus of Tyre.
+20. Strabo. Before 12. Agrippa. A.D. 150. Ptolemy. 230. Peutinger
+Table. 776. Beatus. 884. Ibn Khordadbeh. 912-30. Mas'udi. 921. Ahmed
+Ibn Fozlan. 969. Ibn Haukal. 1111. Water-compass. 1154. Edrisi.
+<i>Circa</i> 1180. Alexander Neckam. 1280. Hereford map. 1284. Ebstorf
+map. 1290. The normal Portulano. 1320. Flavio Gioja. 1339. Dulcert.
+1351. Medicean Portulano. 1375. Cresquez. 1419. Prince Henry the
+Navigator. 1457. Fra Mauro. 1474. Toscanelli. 1478. 2nd ed. Ptolemy.
+1492. Behaim. 1500. Juan de la Cosa. 1507-13. Waldseem&uuml;ller.
+1520. Schoner. 1538. Mercator. 1544. Munster. 1556-72. Laperis.
+1573. Ortelius. 1592. Molyneux globe. 1598. Hakluyt. 1630. Ferro
+meridian fixed. 1638. Blaeu. 1645. Sanson. 1700. Delisle. 1718.
+Jesuit map of China. 1731. Hadley. 1735-37. Maupertuis. 1745-61.
+Bourguiguon d'Anville. 1765. Harrison. 1767. Nautical Almanac. 1788.
+African Association. 1810-29. Malte-Brun. 1817. Stieler. 1830.
+Royal Geographical Society founded. 1842. Jomard 1845. Petermann.
+1846. Spruner. 1875-94. &Eacute;lis&eacute;e Reclus. 1872-76. The
+<i>Challenger</i>.
+</p>
+
+<div>*** END OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK 14291 ***</div>
+</body>
+</html>
+
diff --git a/14291-h/images/fig001.jpg b/14291-h/images/fig001.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8b890f9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/14291-h/images/fig001.jpg
Binary files differ
diff --git a/14291-h/images/fig002.jpg b/14291-h/images/fig002.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..fbe5717
--- /dev/null
+++ b/14291-h/images/fig002.jpg
Binary files differ
diff --git a/14291-h/images/fig003.jpg b/14291-h/images/fig003.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c978c14
--- /dev/null
+++ b/14291-h/images/fig003.jpg
Binary files differ
diff --git a/14291-h/images/fig004.jpg b/14291-h/images/fig004.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..28d2244
--- /dev/null
+++ b/14291-h/images/fig004.jpg
Binary files differ
diff --git a/14291-h/images/fig005.jpg b/14291-h/images/fig005.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a15f965
--- /dev/null
+++ b/14291-h/images/fig005.jpg
Binary files differ
diff --git a/14291-h/images/fig006.jpg b/14291-h/images/fig006.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..eed3fda
--- /dev/null
+++ b/14291-h/images/fig006.jpg
Binary files differ
diff --git a/14291-h/images/fig007.jpg b/14291-h/images/fig007.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f5a5894
--- /dev/null
+++ b/14291-h/images/fig007.jpg
Binary files differ
diff --git a/14291-h/images/fig008.jpg b/14291-h/images/fig008.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..190e764
--- /dev/null
+++ b/14291-h/images/fig008.jpg
Binary files differ
diff --git a/14291-h/images/fig009.jpg b/14291-h/images/fig009.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6eee2e7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/14291-h/images/fig009.jpg
Binary files differ
diff --git a/14291-h/images/fig010.jpg b/14291-h/images/fig010.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ef4bcd0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/14291-h/images/fig010.jpg
Binary files differ
diff --git a/14291-h/images/fig011.jpg b/14291-h/images/fig011.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..212e099
--- /dev/null
+++ b/14291-h/images/fig011.jpg
Binary files differ
diff --git a/14291-h/images/fig012.jpg b/14291-h/images/fig012.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..728b7e2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/14291-h/images/fig012.jpg
Binary files differ
diff --git a/14291-h/images/fig013.jpg b/14291-h/images/fig013.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..2149cf5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/14291-h/images/fig013.jpg
Binary files differ
diff --git a/14291-h/images/fig014.jpg b/14291-h/images/fig014.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..66add3a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/14291-h/images/fig014.jpg
Binary files differ
diff --git a/14291-h/images/fig015.jpg b/14291-h/images/fig015.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..187646c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/14291-h/images/fig015.jpg
Binary files differ
diff --git a/14291-h/images/fig016.jpg b/14291-h/images/fig016.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..422464e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/14291-h/images/fig016.jpg
Binary files differ
diff --git a/14291-h/images/fig017.jpg b/14291-h/images/fig017.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e63d7c2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/14291-h/images/fig017.jpg
Binary files differ
diff --git a/14291-h/images/fig018.jpg b/14291-h/images/fig018.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3218c47
--- /dev/null
+++ b/14291-h/images/fig018.jpg
Binary files differ
diff --git a/14291-h/images/fig019.jpg b/14291-h/images/fig019.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..16a5a2e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/14291-h/images/fig019.jpg
Binary files differ
diff --git a/14291-h/images/fig020.jpg b/14291-h/images/fig020.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..391535f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/14291-h/images/fig020.jpg
Binary files differ
diff --git a/14291-h/images/fig021.jpg b/14291-h/images/fig021.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6390c70
--- /dev/null
+++ b/14291-h/images/fig021.jpg
Binary files differ
diff --git a/14291-h/images/fig022.jpg b/14291-h/images/fig022.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..100cc22
--- /dev/null
+++ b/14291-h/images/fig022.jpg
Binary files differ
diff --git a/14291-h/images/fig023.jpg b/14291-h/images/fig023.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d317593
--- /dev/null
+++ b/14291-h/images/fig023.jpg
Binary files differ
diff --git a/14291-h/images/fig024.jpg b/14291-h/images/fig024.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f2f493f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/14291-h/images/fig024.jpg
Binary files differ
diff --git a/14291-h/images/fig025.jpg b/14291-h/images/fig025.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..2559788
--- /dev/null
+++ b/14291-h/images/fig025.jpg
Binary files differ